1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/* Read dbx symbol tables and convert to internal format, for GDB.
|
|
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1986-1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This file is part of GDB.
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-07-19 08:45:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
1991-07-19 08:45:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
|
|
|
|
(at your option) any later version.
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
1991-07-19 08:45:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
|
|
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
|
|
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
1991-07-19 08:45:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
|
|
|
|
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. */
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Symbol read-in occurs in two phases:
|
|
|
|
|
1. A scan (read_dbx_symtab()) of the entire executable, whose sole
|
|
|
|
|
purpose is to make a list of symbols (partial symbol table)
|
|
|
|
|
which will cause symbols
|
|
|
|
|
to be read in if referenced. This scan happens when the
|
|
|
|
|
"symbol-file" command is given (symbol_file_command()).
|
|
|
|
|
1a. The "add-file" command. Similar to #1.
|
|
|
|
|
2. Full read-in of symbols. (dbx_psymtab_to_symtab()). This happens
|
|
|
|
|
when a symbol in a file for which symbols have not yet been
|
|
|
|
|
read in is referenced. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <string.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include "defs.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "param.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef USG
|
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/types.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <fcntl.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#define L_SET 0
|
|
|
|
|
#define L_INCR 1
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "a.out.gnu.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "stab.gnu.h" /* We always use GNU stabs, not native, now */
|
|
|
|
|
#include <ctype.h>
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef NO_GNU_STABS
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Define specifically gnu symbols here.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The following type indicates the definition of a symbol as being
|
|
|
|
|
an indirect reference to another symbol. The other symbol
|
|
|
|
|
appears as an undefined reference, immediately following this symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indirection is asymmetrical. The other symbol's value will be used
|
|
|
|
|
to satisfy requests for the indirect symbol, but not vice versa.
|
|
|
|
|
If the other symbol does not have a definition, libraries will
|
|
|
|
|
be searched to find a definition. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef N_INDR
|
|
|
|
|
#define N_INDR 0xa
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The following symbols refer to set elements.
|
|
|
|
|
All the N_SET[ATDB] symbols with the same name form one set.
|
|
|
|
|
Space is allocated for the set in the text section, and each set
|
|
|
|
|
element's value is stored into one word of the space.
|
|
|
|
|
The first word of the space is the length of the set (number of elements).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The address of the set is made into an N_SETV symbol
|
|
|
|
|
whose name is the same as the name of the set.
|
|
|
|
|
This symbol acts like a N_DATA global symbol
|
|
|
|
|
in that it can satisfy undefined external references. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef N_SETA
|
|
|
|
|
#define N_SETA 0x14 /* Absolute set element symbol */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* This is input to LD, in a .o file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef N_SETT
|
|
|
|
|
#define N_SETT 0x16 /* Text set element symbol */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* This is input to LD, in a .o file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef N_SETD
|
|
|
|
|
#define N_SETD 0x18 /* Data set element symbol */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* This is input to LD, in a .o file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef N_SETB
|
|
|
|
|
#define N_SETB 0x1A /* Bss set element symbol */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* This is input to LD, in a .o file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Macros dealing with the set element symbols defined in a.out.h */
|
|
|
|
|
#define SET_ELEMENT_P(x) ((x)>=N_SETA&&(x)<=(N_SETB|N_EXT))
|
|
|
|
|
#define TYPE_OF_SET_ELEMENT(x) ((x)-N_SETA+N_ABS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef N_SETV
|
|
|
|
|
#define N_SETV 0x1C /* Pointer to set vector in data area. */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* This is output from LD. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef N_WARNING
|
|
|
|
|
#define N_WARNING 0x1E /* Warning message to print if file included */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* This is input to ld */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* NO_GNU_STABS */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <obstack.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/param.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/file.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
|
|
|
|
#include "symtab.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "breakpoint.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "command.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "target.h"
|
|
|
|
|
#include "gdbcore.h" /* for bfd stuff */
|
1991-05-30 10:52:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#include "libaout.h" /* FIXME Secret internal BFD stuff for a.out */
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#include "symfile.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct dbx_symfile_info {
|
|
|
|
|
asection *text_sect; /* Text section accessor */
|
|
|
|
|
int symcount; /* How many symbols are there in the file */
|
|
|
|
|
char *stringtab; /* The actual string table */
|
|
|
|
|
int stringtab_size; /* Its size */
|
|
|
|
|
off_t symtab_offset; /* Offset in file to symbol table */
|
|
|
|
|
int desc; /* File descriptor of symbol file */
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern void qsort ();
|
|
|
|
|
extern double atof ();
|
|
|
|
|
extern struct cmd_list_element *cmdlist;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern void symbol_file_command ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Forward declarations */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void add_symbol_to_list ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void read_dbx_symtab ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void init_psymbol_list ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void process_one_symbol ();
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *read_type ();
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *read_range_type ();
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *read_enum_type ();
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *read_struct_type ();
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *read_array_type ();
|
|
|
|
|
static long read_number ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void finish_block ();
|
|
|
|
|
static struct blockvector *make_blockvector ();
|
|
|
|
|
static struct symbol *define_symbol ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void start_subfile ();
|
|
|
|
|
static int hashname ();
|
|
|
|
|
static struct pending *copy_pending ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void fix_common_block ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void add_undefined_type ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void cleanup_undefined_types ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void scan_file_globals ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void read_ofile_symtab ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void dbx_psymtab_to_symtab ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* C++ */
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type **read_args ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static const char vptr_name[] = { '_','v','p','t','r',CPLUS_MARKER };
|
|
|
|
|
static const char vb_name[] = { '_','v','b',CPLUS_MARKER };
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Macro to determine which symbols to ignore when reading the first symbol
|
|
|
|
|
of a file. Some machines override this definition. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef IGNORE_SYMBOL
|
|
|
|
|
/* This code is used on Ultrix systems. Ignore it */
|
|
|
|
|
#define IGNORE_SYMBOL(type) (type == (int)N_NSYMS)
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Macro for name of symbol to indicate a file compiled with gcc. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
|
|
|
|
|
#define GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL "gcc_compiled."
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Convert stab register number (from `r' declaration) to a gdb REGNUM. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
|
|
|
|
|
#define STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM(VALUE) (VALUE)
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Define this as 1 if a pcc declaration of a char or short argument
|
|
|
|
|
gives the correct address. Otherwise assume pcc gives the
|
|
|
|
|
address of the corresponding int, which is not the same on a
|
|
|
|
|
big-endian machine. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
|
|
|
|
|
#define BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION 0
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Nonzero means give verbose info on gdb action. From main.c. */
|
|
|
|
|
extern int info_verbose;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Name of source file whose symbol data we are now processing.
|
|
|
|
|
This comes from a symbol of type N_SO. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static char *last_source_file;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Core address of start of text of current source file.
|
|
|
|
|
This too comes from the N_SO symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static CORE_ADDR last_source_start_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The entry point of a file we are reading. */
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR entry_point;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The list of sub-source-files within the current individual compilation.
|
|
|
|
|
Each file gets its own symtab with its own linetable and associated info,
|
|
|
|
|
but they all share one blockvector. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct subfile
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct subfile *next;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
char *dirname;
|
|
|
|
|
struct linetable *line_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
int line_vector_length;
|
|
|
|
|
int line_vector_index;
|
|
|
|
|
int prev_line_number;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct subfile *subfiles;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct subfile *current_subfile;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Count symbols as they are processed, for error messages. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static unsigned int symnum;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Vector of types defined so far, indexed by their dbx type numbers.
|
|
|
|
|
(In newer sun systems, dbx uses a pair of numbers in parens,
|
|
|
|
|
as in "(SUBFILENUM,NUMWITHINSUBFILE)". Then these numbers must be
|
|
|
|
|
translated through the type_translations hash table to get
|
|
|
|
|
the index into the type vector.) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct typevector *type_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Number of elements allocated for type_vector currently. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int type_vector_length;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Vector of line number information. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct linetable *line_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Index of next entry to go in line_vector_index. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int line_vector_index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Last line number recorded in the line vector. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int prev_line_number;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Number of elements allocated for line_vector currently. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int line_vector_length;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Hash table of global symbols whose values are not known yet.
|
|
|
|
|
They are chained thru the SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN, since we don't
|
|
|
|
|
have the correct data for that slot yet. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* The use of the LOC_BLOCK code in this chain is nonstandard--
|
|
|
|
|
it refers to a FORTRAN common block rather than the usual meaning. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define HASHSIZE 127
|
|
|
|
|
static struct symbol *global_sym_chain[HASHSIZE];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Record the symbols defined for each context in a list.
|
|
|
|
|
We don't create a struct block for the context until we
|
|
|
|
|
know how long to make it. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define PENDINGSIZE 100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *next;
|
|
|
|
|
int nsyms;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *symbol[PENDINGSIZE];
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* List of free `struct pending' structures for reuse. */
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *free_pendings;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Here are the three lists that symbols are put on. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *file_symbols; /* static at top level, and types */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *global_symbols; /* global functions and variables */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *local_symbols; /* everything local to lexical context */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* List of symbols declared since the last BCOMM. This list is a tail
|
|
|
|
|
of local_symbols. When ECOMM is seen, the symbols on the list
|
|
|
|
|
are noted so their proper addresses can be filled in later,
|
|
|
|
|
using the common block base address gotten from the assembler
|
|
|
|
|
stabs. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *common_block;
|
|
|
|
|
int common_block_i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Stack representing unclosed lexical contexts
|
|
|
|
|
(that will become blocks, eventually). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct context_stack
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *locals;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending_block *old_blocks;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *name;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR start_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR end_addr; /* Temp slot for exception handling. */
|
|
|
|
|
int depth;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct context_stack *context_stack;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Index of first unused entry in context stack. */
|
|
|
|
|
int context_stack_depth;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Currently allocated size of context stack. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int context_stack_size;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Nonzero if within a function (so symbols should be local,
|
|
|
|
|
if nothing says specifically). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
int within_function;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* List of blocks already made (lexical contexts already closed).
|
|
|
|
|
This is used at the end to make the blockvector. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending_block
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending_block *next;
|
|
|
|
|
struct block *block;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending_block *pending_blocks;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
extern CORE_ADDR startup_file_start; /* From blockframe.c */
|
|
|
|
|
extern CORE_ADDR startup_file_end; /* From blockframe.c */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Global variable which, when set, indicates that we are processing a
|
|
|
|
|
.o file compiled with gcc */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static unsigned char processing_gcc_compilation;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a list of forward references which haven't been defined. */
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type **undef_types;
|
|
|
|
|
static int undef_types_allocated, undef_types_length;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* String table for the main symbol file. It is kept in memory
|
|
|
|
|
permanently, to speed up symbol reading. Other files' symbol tables
|
|
|
|
|
are read in on demand. FIXME, this should be cleaner. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static char *symfile_string_table;
|
|
|
|
|
static int symfile_string_table_size;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Setup a define to deal cleanly with the underscore problem */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef NAMES_HAVE_UNDERSCORE
|
|
|
|
|
#define HASH_OFFSET 1
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
#define HASH_OFFSET 0
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Complaints about the symbols we have encountered. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct complaint innerblock_complaint =
|
|
|
|
|
{"inner block not inside outer block in %s", 0, 0};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct complaint blockvector_complaint =
|
|
|
|
|
{"block at %x out of order", 0, 0};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct complaint lbrac_complaint =
|
|
|
|
|
{"bad block start address patched", 0, 0};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
struct complaint dbx_class_complaint =
|
|
|
|
|
{"encountered DBX-style class variable debugging information.\n\
|
|
|
|
|
You seem to have compiled your program with \
|
|
|
|
|
\"g++ -g0\" instead of \"g++ -g\".\n\
|
|
|
|
|
Therefore GDB will not know about your class variables", 0, 0};
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct complaint string_table_offset_complaint =
|
|
|
|
|
{"bad string table offset in symbol %d", 0, 0};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct complaint unknown_symtype_complaint =
|
|
|
|
|
{"unknown symbol type 0x%x", 0, 0};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct complaint lbrac_rbrac_complaint =
|
|
|
|
|
{"block start larger than block end", 0, 0};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct complaint const_vol_complaint =
|
|
|
|
|
{"const/volatile indicator missing, got '%c'", 0, 0};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct complaint error_type_complaint =
|
|
|
|
|
{"C++ type mismatch between compiler and debugger", 0, 0};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct complaint invalid_member_complaint =
|
|
|
|
|
{"invalid (minimal) member type data format at symtab pos %d.", 0, 0};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Support for Sun changes to dbx symbol format */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For each identified header file, we have a table of types defined
|
|
|
|
|
in that header file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
header_files maps header file names to their type tables.
|
|
|
|
|
It is a vector of n_header_files elements.
|
|
|
|
|
Each element describes one header file.
|
|
|
|
|
It contains a vector of types.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sometimes it can happen that the same header file produces
|
|
|
|
|
different results when included in different places.
|
|
|
|
|
This can result from conditionals or from different
|
|
|
|
|
things done before including the file.
|
|
|
|
|
When this happens, there are multiple entries for the file in this table,
|
|
|
|
|
one entry for each distinct set of results.
|
|
|
|
|
The entries are distinguished by the INSTANCE field.
|
|
|
|
|
The INSTANCE field appears in the N_BINCL and N_EXCL symbol table and is
|
|
|
|
|
used to match header-file references to their corresponding data. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct header_file
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *name; /* Name of header file */
|
|
|
|
|
int instance; /* Numeric code distinguishing instances
|
|
|
|
|
of one header file that produced
|
|
|
|
|
different results when included.
|
|
|
|
|
It comes from the N_BINCL or N_EXCL. */
|
|
|
|
|
struct type **vector; /* Pointer to vector of types */
|
|
|
|
|
int length; /* Allocated length (# elts) of that vector */
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct header_file *header_files = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int n_header_files;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int n_allocated_header_files;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* During initial symbol readin, we need to have a structure to keep
|
|
|
|
|
track of which psymtabs have which bincls in them. This structure
|
|
|
|
|
is used during readin to setup the list of dependencies within each
|
|
|
|
|
partial symbol table. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct header_file_location
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *name; /* Name of header file */
|
|
|
|
|
int instance; /* See above */
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *pst; /* Partial symtab that has the
|
|
|
|
|
BINCL/EINCL defs for this file */
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The actual list and controling variables */
|
|
|
|
|
static struct header_file_location *bincl_list, *next_bincl;
|
|
|
|
|
static int bincls_allocated;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Within each object file, various header files are assigned numbers.
|
|
|
|
|
A type is defined or referred to with a pair of numbers
|
|
|
|
|
(FILENUM,TYPENUM) where FILENUM is the number of the header file
|
|
|
|
|
and TYPENUM is the number within that header file.
|
|
|
|
|
TYPENUM is the index within the vector of types for that header file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FILENUM == 1 is special; it refers to the main source of the object file,
|
|
|
|
|
and not to any header file. FILENUM != 1 is interpreted by looking it up
|
|
|
|
|
in the following table, which contains indices in header_files. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int *this_object_header_files = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int n_this_object_header_files;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int n_allocated_this_object_header_files;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* When a header file is getting special overriding definitions
|
|
|
|
|
for one source file, record here the header_files index
|
|
|
|
|
of its normal definition vector.
|
|
|
|
|
At other times, this is -1. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int header_file_prev_index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Free up old header file tables, and allocate new ones.
|
|
|
|
|
We're reading a new symbol file now. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
free_and_init_header_files ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register int i;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_header_files; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
free (header_files[i].name);
|
|
|
|
|
if (header_files) /* First time null */
|
|
|
|
|
free (header_files);
|
|
|
|
|
if (this_object_header_files) /* First time null */
|
|
|
|
|
free (this_object_header_files);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n_allocated_header_files = 10;
|
|
|
|
|
header_files = (struct header_file *) xmalloc (10 * sizeof (struct header_file));
|
|
|
|
|
n_header_files = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n_allocated_this_object_header_files = 10;
|
|
|
|
|
this_object_header_files = (int *) xmalloc (10 * sizeof (int));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Called at the start of each object file's symbols.
|
|
|
|
|
Clear out the mapping of header file numbers to header files. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
new_object_header_files ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Leave FILENUM of 0 free for builtin types and this file's types. */
|
|
|
|
|
n_this_object_header_files = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
header_file_prev_index = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add header file number I for this object file
|
|
|
|
|
at the next successive FILENUM. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
add_this_object_header_file (i)
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (n_this_object_header_files == n_allocated_this_object_header_files)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
n_allocated_this_object_header_files *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
this_object_header_files
|
|
|
|
|
= (int *) xrealloc (this_object_header_files,
|
|
|
|
|
n_allocated_this_object_header_files * sizeof (int));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
this_object_header_files[n_this_object_header_files++] = i;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add to this file an "old" header file, one already seen in
|
|
|
|
|
a previous object file. NAME is the header file's name.
|
|
|
|
|
INSTANCE is its instance code, to select among multiple
|
|
|
|
|
symbol tables for the same header file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
add_old_header_file (name, instance)
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
int instance;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct header_file *p = header_files;
|
|
|
|
|
register int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_header_files; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
if (!strcmp (p[i].name, name) && instance == p[i].instance)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
add_this_object_header_file (i);
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: \"repeated\" header file that hasn't been seen before, at symtab pos %d.",
|
|
|
|
|
symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add to this file a "new" header file: definitions for its types follow.
|
|
|
|
|
NAME is the header file's name.
|
|
|
|
|
Most often this happens only once for each distinct header file,
|
|
|
|
|
but not necessarily. If it happens more than once, INSTANCE has
|
|
|
|
|
a different value each time, and references to the header file
|
|
|
|
|
use INSTANCE values to select among them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dbx output contains "begin" and "end" markers for each new header file,
|
|
|
|
|
but at this level we just need to know which files there have been;
|
|
|
|
|
so we record the file when its "begin" is seen and ignore the "end". */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
add_new_header_file (name, instance)
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
int instance;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register int i;
|
|
|
|
|
header_file_prev_index = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure there is room for one more header file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (n_header_files == n_allocated_header_files)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
n_allocated_header_files *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
header_files = (struct header_file *)
|
|
|
|
|
xrealloc (header_files,
|
|
|
|
|
(n_allocated_header_files
|
|
|
|
|
* sizeof (struct header_file)));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create an entry for this header file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
i = n_header_files++;
|
|
|
|
|
header_files[i].name = savestring (name, strlen(name));
|
|
|
|
|
header_files[i].instance = instance;
|
|
|
|
|
header_files[i].length = 10;
|
|
|
|
|
header_files[i].vector
|
|
|
|
|
= (struct type **) xmalloc (10 * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (header_files[i].vector, 10 * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_this_object_header_file (i);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Look up a dbx type-number pair. Return the address of the slot
|
|
|
|
|
where the type for that number-pair is stored.
|
|
|
|
|
The number-pair is in TYPENUMS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This can be used for finding the type associated with that pair
|
|
|
|
|
or for associating a new type with the pair. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type **
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_lookup_type (typenums)
|
|
|
|
|
int typenums[2];
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register int filenum = typenums[0], index = typenums[1];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (filenum < 0 || filenum >= n_this_object_header_files)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: type number (%d,%d) out of range at symtab pos %d.",
|
|
|
|
|
filenum, index, symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (filenum == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Type is defined outside of header files.
|
|
|
|
|
Find it in this object file's type vector. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (index >= type_vector_length)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
type_vector_length *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
type_vector = (struct typevector *)
|
|
|
|
|
xrealloc (type_vector,
|
|
|
|
|
(sizeof (struct typevector)
|
|
|
|
|
+ type_vector_length * sizeof (struct type *)));
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (&type_vector->type[type_vector_length / 2],
|
|
|
|
|
type_vector_length * sizeof (struct type *) / 2);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return &type_vector->type[index];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register int real_filenum = this_object_header_files[filenum];
|
|
|
|
|
register struct header_file *f;
|
|
|
|
|
int f_orig_length;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (real_filenum >= n_header_files)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
f = &header_files[real_filenum];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
f_orig_length = f->length;
|
|
|
|
|
if (index >= f_orig_length)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
while (index >= f->length)
|
|
|
|
|
f->length *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
f->vector = (struct type **)
|
|
|
|
|
xrealloc (f->vector, f->length * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (&f->vector[f_orig_length],
|
|
|
|
|
(f->length - f_orig_length) * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return &f->vector[index];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create a type object. Occaisionally used when you need a type
|
|
|
|
|
which isn't going to be given a type number. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_create_type ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct type *type =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct type *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, sizeof (struct type));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (type, sizeof (struct type));
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_VPTR_FIELDNO (type) = -1;
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
TYPE_VPTR_BASETYPE (type) = 0;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
return type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure there is a type allocated for type numbers TYPENUMS
|
|
|
|
|
and return the type object.
|
|
|
|
|
This can create an empty (zeroed) type object.
|
|
|
|
|
TYPENUMS may be (-1, -1) to return a new type object that is not
|
|
|
|
|
put into the type vector, and so may not be referred to by number. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_alloc_type (typenums)
|
|
|
|
|
int typenums[2];
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct type **type_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct type *type;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (typenums[1] != -1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
type_addr = dbx_lookup_type (typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
type = *type_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
type_addr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
type = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we are referring to a type not known at all yet,
|
|
|
|
|
allocate an empty type for it.
|
|
|
|
|
We will fill it in later if we find out how. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (type == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
type = dbx_create_type ();
|
|
|
|
|
if (type_addr)
|
|
|
|
|
*type_addr = type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type **
|
|
|
|
|
explicit_lookup_type (real_filenum, index)
|
|
|
|
|
int real_filenum, index;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct header_file *f = &header_files[real_filenum];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (index >= f->length)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
f->length *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
f->vector = (struct type **)
|
|
|
|
|
xrealloc (f->vector, f->length * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (&f->vector[f->length / 2],
|
|
|
|
|
f->length * sizeof (struct type *) / 2);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return &f->vector[index];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* maintain the lists of symbols and blocks */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add a symbol to one of the lists of symbols. */
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (symbol, listhead)
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *symbol;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending **listhead;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* We keep PENDINGSIZE symbols in each link of the list.
|
|
|
|
|
If we don't have a link with room in it, add a new link. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (*listhead == 0 || (*listhead)->nsyms == PENDINGSIZE)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct pending *link;
|
|
|
|
|
if (free_pendings)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
link = free_pendings;
|
|
|
|
|
free_pendings = link->next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
link = (struct pending *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct pending));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
link->next = *listhead;
|
|
|
|
|
*listhead = link;
|
|
|
|
|
link->nsyms = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*listhead)->symbol[(*listhead)->nsyms++] = symbol;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* At end of reading syms, or in case of quit,
|
|
|
|
|
really free as many `struct pending's as we can easily find. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
really_free_pendings (foo)
|
|
|
|
|
int foo;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *next, *next1;
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
struct pending_block *bnext, *bnext1;
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (next = free_pendings; next; next = next1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
next1 = next->next;
|
|
|
|
|
free (next);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
free_pendings = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0 /* Now we make the links in the symbol_obstack, so don't free them. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (bnext = pending_blocks; bnext; bnext = bnext1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bnext1 = bnext->next;
|
|
|
|
|
free (bnext);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
pending_blocks = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (next = file_symbols; next; next = next1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
next1 = next->next;
|
|
|
|
|
free (next);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1991-04-05 11:02:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
file_symbols = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
for (next = global_symbols; next; next = next1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
next1 = next->next;
|
|
|
|
|
free (next);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1991-04-05 11:02:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
global_symbols = 0;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Take one of the lists of symbols and make a block from it.
|
|
|
|
|
Keep the order the symbols have in the list (reversed from the input file).
|
|
|
|
|
Put the block on the list of pending blocks. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
finish_block (symbol, listhead, old_blocks, start, end)
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *symbol;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending **listhead;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending_block *old_blocks;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR start, end;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct pending *next, *next1;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct block *block;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct pending_block *pblock;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending_block *opblock;
|
|
|
|
|
register int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Count the length of the list of symbols. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (next = *listhead, i = 0; next; i += next->nsyms, next = next->next)
|
|
|
|
|
/*EMPTY*/;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
block = (struct block *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
(sizeof (struct block)
|
|
|
|
|
+ ((i - 1)
|
|
|
|
|
* sizeof (struct symbol *))));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy the symbols into the block. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_NSYMS (block) = i;
|
|
|
|
|
for (next = *listhead; next; next = next->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register int j;
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = next->nsyms - 1; j >= 0; j--)
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_SYM (block, --i) = next->symbol[j];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_START (block) = start;
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_END (block) = end;
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block) = 0; /* Filled in when containing block is made */
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_GCC_COMPILED (block) = processing_gcc_compilation;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Put the block in as the value of the symbol that names it. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (symbol)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (symbol) = block;
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_FUNCTION (block) = symbol;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_FUNCTION (block) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now "free" the links of the list, and empty the list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (next = *listhead; next; next = next1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
next1 = next->next;
|
|
|
|
|
next->next = free_pendings;
|
|
|
|
|
free_pendings = next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
*listhead = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Install this block as the superblock
|
|
|
|
|
of all blocks made since the start of this scope
|
|
|
|
|
that don't have superblocks yet. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
opblock = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
for (pblock = pending_blocks; pblock != old_blocks; pblock = pblock->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (pblock->block) == 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
#if 1
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check to be sure the blocks are nested as we receive them.
|
|
|
|
|
If the compiler/assembler/linker work, this just burns a small
|
|
|
|
|
amount of time. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (BLOCK_START (pblock->block) < BLOCK_START (block)
|
|
|
|
|
|| BLOCK_END (pblock->block) > BLOCK_END (block)) {
|
|
|
|
|
complain(&innerblock_complaint, symbol? SYMBOL_NAME (symbol):
|
|
|
|
|
"(don't know)");
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_START (pblock->block) = BLOCK_START (block);
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_END (pblock->block) = BLOCK_END (block);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (pblock->block) = block;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
opblock = pblock;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Record this block on the list of all blocks in the file.
|
|
|
|
|
Put it after opblock, or at the beginning if opblock is 0.
|
|
|
|
|
This puts the block in the list after all its subblocks. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate in the symbol_obstack to save time.
|
|
|
|
|
It wastes a little space. */
|
|
|
|
|
pblock = (struct pending_block *)
|
|
|
|
|
obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct pending_block));
|
|
|
|
|
pblock->block = block;
|
|
|
|
|
if (opblock)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
pblock->next = opblock->next;
|
|
|
|
|
opblock->next = pblock;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
pblock->next = pending_blocks;
|
|
|
|
|
pending_blocks = pblock;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct blockvector *
|
|
|
|
|
make_blockvector ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct pending_block *next;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct blockvector *blockvector;
|
|
|
|
|
register int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Count the length of the list of blocks. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (next = pending_blocks, i = 0; next; next = next->next, i++);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
blockvector = (struct blockvector *)
|
|
|
|
|
obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
(sizeof (struct blockvector)
|
|
|
|
|
+ (i - 1) * sizeof (struct block *)));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy the blocks into the blockvector.
|
|
|
|
|
This is done in reverse order, which happens to put
|
|
|
|
|
the blocks into the proper order (ascending starting address).
|
|
|
|
|
finish_block has hair to insert each block into the list
|
|
|
|
|
after its subblocks in order to make sure this is true. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (blockvector) = i;
|
|
|
|
|
for (next = pending_blocks; next; next = next->next) {
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (blockvector, --i) = next->block;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0 /* Now we make the links in the obstack, so don't free them. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now free the links of the list, and empty the list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (next = pending_blocks; next; next = next1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
next1 = next->next;
|
|
|
|
|
free (next);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
pending_blocks = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 1 /* FIXME, shut this off after a while to speed up symbol reading. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Some compilers output blocks in the wrong order, but we depend
|
|
|
|
|
on their being in the right order so we can binary search.
|
|
|
|
|
Check the order and moan about it. FIXME. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (blockvector) > 1)
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 1; i < BLOCKVECTOR_NBLOCKS (blockvector); i++) {
|
|
|
|
|
if (BLOCK_START(BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (blockvector, i-1))
|
|
|
|
|
> BLOCK_START(BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (blockvector, i))) {
|
|
|
|
|
complain (&blockvector_complaint,
|
|
|
|
|
BLOCK_START(BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (blockvector, i)));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return blockvector;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Manage the vector of line numbers. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
record_line (line, pc)
|
|
|
|
|
int line;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR pc;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct linetable_entry *e;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Ignore the dummy line number in libg.o */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (line == 0xffff)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make sure line vector is big enough. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (line_vector_index + 1 >= line_vector_length)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
line_vector_length *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
line_vector = (struct linetable *)
|
|
|
|
|
xrealloc (line_vector,
|
|
|
|
|
(sizeof (struct linetable)
|
|
|
|
|
+ line_vector_length * sizeof (struct linetable_entry)));
|
|
|
|
|
current_subfile->line_vector = line_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
e = line_vector->item + line_vector_index++;
|
|
|
|
|
e->line = line; e->pc = pc;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Start a new symtab for a new source file.
|
|
|
|
|
This is called when a dbx symbol of type N_SO is seen;
|
|
|
|
|
it indicates the start of data for one original source file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
start_symtab (name, dirname, start_addr)
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
char *dirname;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR start_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
last_source_file = name;
|
|
|
|
|
last_source_start_addr = start_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
file_symbols = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
global_symbols = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
within_function = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Context stack is initially empty, with room for 10 levels. */
|
|
|
|
|
context_stack
|
|
|
|
|
= (struct context_stack *) xmalloc (10 * sizeof (struct context_stack));
|
|
|
|
|
context_stack_size = 10;
|
|
|
|
|
context_stack_depth = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new_object_header_files ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type_vector_length = 160;
|
|
|
|
|
type_vector = (struct typevector *)
|
|
|
|
|
xmalloc (sizeof (struct typevector)
|
|
|
|
|
+ type_vector_length * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (type_vector->type, type_vector_length * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize the list of sub source files with one entry
|
|
|
|
|
for this file (the top-level source file). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subfiles = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
current_subfile = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
start_subfile (name, dirname);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Handle an N_SOL symbol, which indicates the start of
|
|
|
|
|
code that came from an included (or otherwise merged-in)
|
|
|
|
|
source file with a different name. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
start_subfile (name, dirname)
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
char *dirname;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct subfile *subfile;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Save the current subfile's line vector data. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (current_subfile)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
current_subfile->line_vector_index = line_vector_index;
|
|
|
|
|
current_subfile->line_vector_length = line_vector_length;
|
|
|
|
|
current_subfile->prev_line_number = prev_line_number;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* See if this subfile is already known as a subfile of the
|
|
|
|
|
current main source file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (subfile = subfiles; subfile; subfile = subfile->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (!strcmp (subfile->name, name))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
line_vector = subfile->line_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
line_vector_index = subfile->line_vector_index;
|
|
|
|
|
line_vector_length = subfile->line_vector_length;
|
|
|
|
|
prev_line_number = subfile->prev_line_number;
|
|
|
|
|
current_subfile = subfile;
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This subfile is not known. Add an entry for it. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
line_vector_index = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
line_vector_length = 1000;
|
|
|
|
|
prev_line_number = -2; /* Force first line number to be explicit */
|
|
|
|
|
line_vector = (struct linetable *)
|
|
|
|
|
xmalloc (sizeof (struct linetable)
|
|
|
|
|
+ line_vector_length * sizeof (struct linetable_entry));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make an entry for this subfile in the list of all subfiles
|
|
|
|
|
of the current main source file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subfile = (struct subfile *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct subfile));
|
|
|
|
|
subfile->next = subfiles;
|
|
|
|
|
subfile->name = obsavestring (name, strlen (name));
|
|
|
|
|
if (dirname == NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
subfile->dirname = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
subfile->dirname = obsavestring (dirname, strlen (dirname));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subfile->line_vector = line_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
subfiles = subfile;
|
|
|
|
|
current_subfile = subfile;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Finish the symbol definitions for one main source file,
|
|
|
|
|
close off all the lexical contexts for that file
|
|
|
|
|
(creating struct block's for them), then make the struct symtab
|
|
|
|
|
for that file and put it in the list of all such.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
END_ADDR is the address of the end of the file's text. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
end_symtab (end_addr)
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR end_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symtab *symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct blockvector *blockvector;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct subfile *subfile;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct linetable *lv;
|
|
|
|
|
struct subfile *nextsub;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Finish the lexical context of the last function in the file;
|
|
|
|
|
pop the context stack. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (context_stack_depth > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct context_stack *cstk;
|
|
|
|
|
context_stack_depth--;
|
|
|
|
|
cstk = &context_stack[context_stack_depth];
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a block for the local symbols within. */
|
|
|
|
|
finish_block (cstk->name, &local_symbols, cstk->old_blocks,
|
|
|
|
|
cstk->start_addr, end_addr);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Cleanup any undefined types that have been left hanging around
|
|
|
|
|
(this needs to be done before the finish_blocks so that
|
|
|
|
|
file_symbols is still good). */
|
|
|
|
|
cleanup_undefined_types ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-04-19 03:19:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* Define the STATIC_BLOCK and GLOBAL_BLOCK, and build the blockvector. */
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
finish_block (0, &file_symbols, 0, last_source_start_addr, end_addr);
|
|
|
|
|
finish_block (0, &global_symbols, 0, last_source_start_addr, end_addr);
|
|
|
|
|
blockvector = make_blockvector ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
current_subfile->line_vector_index = line_vector_index;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now create the symtab objects proper, one for each subfile. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* (The main file is one of them.) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (subfile = subfiles; subfile; subfile = nextsub)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
symtab = (struct symtab *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Fill in its components. */
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->blockvector = blockvector;
|
|
|
|
|
lv = subfile->line_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
lv->nitems = subfile->line_vector_index;
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->linetable = (struct linetable *)
|
|
|
|
|
xrealloc (lv, (sizeof (struct linetable)
|
|
|
|
|
+ lv->nitems * sizeof (struct linetable_entry)));
|
|
|
|
|
type_vector->length = type_vector_length;
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->typevector = type_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->filename = subfile->name;
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->dirname = subfile->dirname;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->free_code = free_linetable;
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->free_ptr = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (subfile->next == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->free_ptr = (char *) type_vector;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->nlines = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->line_charpos = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->language = language_unknown;
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->fullname = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-04-13 23:51:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* There should never already be a symtab for this name, since
|
|
|
|
|
any prev dups have been removed when the psymtab was read in.
|
|
|
|
|
FIXME, there ought to be a way to check this here. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME blewit |= free_named_symtabs (symtab->filename); */
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Link the new symtab into the list of such. */
|
|
|
|
|
symtab->next = symtab_list;
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_list = symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nextsub = subfile->next;
|
|
|
|
|
free (subfile);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type_vector = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
type_vector_length = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
line_vector = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
line_vector_length = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
last_source_file = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Handle the N_BINCL and N_EINCL symbol types
|
|
|
|
|
that act like N_SOL for switching source files
|
|
|
|
|
(different subfiles, as we call them) within one object file,
|
|
|
|
|
but using a stack rather than in an arbitrary order. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct subfile_stack
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct subfile_stack *next;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
int prev_index;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct subfile_stack *subfile_stack;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
push_subfile ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct subfile_stack *tem
|
|
|
|
|
= (struct subfile_stack *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct subfile_stack));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
tem->next = subfile_stack;
|
|
|
|
|
subfile_stack = tem;
|
|
|
|
|
if (current_subfile == 0 || current_subfile->name == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
tem->name = current_subfile->name;
|
|
|
|
|
tem->prev_index = header_file_prev_index;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static char *
|
|
|
|
|
pop_subfile ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct subfile_stack *link = subfile_stack;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (link == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
name = link->name;
|
|
|
|
|
subfile_stack = link->next;
|
|
|
|
|
header_file_prev_index = link->prev_index;
|
|
|
|
|
free (link);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return name;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
record_misc_function (name, address, type)
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR address;
|
|
|
|
|
int type;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum misc_function_type misc_type =
|
|
|
|
|
(type == (N_TEXT | N_EXT) ? mf_text :
|
|
|
|
|
(type == (N_DATA | N_EXT)
|
|
|
|
|
|| type == (N_DATA)
|
|
|
|
|
|| type == (N_SETV | N_EXT)
|
|
|
|
|
) ? mf_data :
|
|
|
|
|
type == (N_BSS | N_EXT) ? mf_bss :
|
|
|
|
|
type == (N_ABS | N_EXT) ? mf_abs : mf_unknown);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prim_record_misc_function (obsavestring (name, strlen (name)),
|
|
|
|
|
address, misc_type);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* The BFD for this file -- only good while we're actively reading
|
|
|
|
|
symbols into a psymtab or a symtab. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static bfd *symfile_bfd;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/* Scan and build partial symbols for a symbol file.
|
|
|
|
|
We have been initialized by a call to dbx_symfile_init, which
|
|
|
|
|
put all the relevant info into a "struct dbx_symfile_info"
|
|
|
|
|
hung off the struct sym_fns SF.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADDR is the address relative to which the symbols in it are (e.g.
|
|
|
|
|
the base address of the text segment).
|
|
|
|
|
MAINLINE is true if we are reading the main symbol
|
|
|
|
|
table (as opposed to a shared lib or dynamically loaded file). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_symfile_read (sf, addr, mainline)
|
|
|
|
|
struct sym_fns *sf;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR addr;
|
|
|
|
|
int mainline; /* FIXME comments above */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct dbx_symfile_info *info = (struct dbx_symfile_info *) (sf->sym_private);
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *sym_bfd = sf->sym_bfd;
|
|
|
|
|
int val;
|
|
|
|
|
char *filename = bfd_get_filename (sym_bfd);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
val = lseek (info->desc, info->symtab_offset, L_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
if (val < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name (filename);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If mainline, set global string table pointers, and reinitialize global
|
|
|
|
|
partial symbol list. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (mainline) {
|
|
|
|
|
symfile_string_table = info->stringtab;
|
|
|
|
|
symfile_string_table_size = info->stringtab_size;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-04-06 04:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* If we are reinitializing, or if we have never loaded syms yet, init */
|
|
|
|
|
if (mainline || global_psymbols.size == 0 || static_psymbols.size == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
init_psymbol_list (info->symcount);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
symfile_bfd = sym_bfd; /* Kludge for SWAP_SYMBOL */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pending_blocks = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
init_misc_bunches ();
|
|
|
|
|
make_cleanup (discard_misc_bunches, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now that the symbol table data of the executable file are all in core,
|
|
|
|
|
process them and define symbols accordingly. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
read_dbx_symtab (filename,
|
|
|
|
|
addr - bfd_section_vma (sym_bfd, info->text_sect), /*offset*/
|
|
|
|
|
info->desc, info->stringtab, info->stringtab_size,
|
|
|
|
|
info->symcount,
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_section_vma (sym_bfd, info->text_sect),
|
|
|
|
|
bfd_section_size (sym_bfd, info->text_sect));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Go over the misc symbol bunches and install them in vector. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
condense_misc_bunches (!mainline);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Free up any memory we allocated for ourselves. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!mainline) {
|
|
|
|
|
free (info->stringtab); /* Stringtab is only saved for mainline */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
free (info);
|
|
|
|
|
sf->sym_private = 0; /* Zap pointer to our (now gone) info struct */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!partial_symtab_list)
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("\n(no debugging symbols found)...");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Discard any information we have cached during the reading of a
|
|
|
|
|
single symbol file. This should not toss global information
|
|
|
|
|
from previous symbol files that have been read. E.g. we might
|
|
|
|
|
be discarding info from reading a shared library, and should not
|
|
|
|
|
throw away the info from the main file. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_symfile_discard ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Empty the hash table of global syms looking for values. */
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (global_sym_chain, sizeof global_sym_chain);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
free_pendings = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
file_symbols = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
global_symbols = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize anything that needs initializing when a completely new
|
|
|
|
|
symbol file is specified (not just adding some symbols from another
|
|
|
|
|
file, e.g. a shared library). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_new_init ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_symfile_discard ();
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't put these on the cleanup chain; they need to stick around
|
|
|
|
|
until the next call to symbol_file_command. *Then* we'll free
|
|
|
|
|
them. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (symfile_string_table)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
free (symfile_string_table);
|
|
|
|
|
symfile_string_table = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
symfile_string_table_size = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
free_and_init_header_files ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* dbx_symfile_init ()
|
|
|
|
|
is the dbx-specific initialization routine for reading symbols.
|
|
|
|
|
It is passed a struct sym_fns which contains, among other things,
|
|
|
|
|
the BFD for the file whose symbols are being read, and a slot for a pointer
|
|
|
|
|
to "private data" which we fill with goodies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We read the string table into malloc'd space and stash a pointer to it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Since BFD doesn't know how to read debug symbols in a format-independent
|
|
|
|
|
way (and may never do so...), we have to do it ourselves. We will never
|
|
|
|
|
be called unless this is an a.out (or very similar) file.
|
|
|
|
|
FIXME, there should be a cleaner peephole into the BFD environment here. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_symfile_init (sf)
|
|
|
|
|
struct sym_fns *sf;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int val;
|
|
|
|
|
int desc;
|
|
|
|
|
struct stat statbuf;
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *sym_bfd = sf->sym_bfd;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name = bfd_get_filename (sym_bfd);
|
|
|
|
|
struct dbx_symfile_info *info;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned char size_temp[4];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate struct to keep track of the symfile */
|
|
|
|
|
sf->sym_private = xmalloc (sizeof (*info)); /* FIXME storage leak */
|
|
|
|
|
info = (struct dbx_symfile_info *)sf->sym_private;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME POKING INSIDE BFD DATA STRUCTURES */
|
|
|
|
|
desc = fileno ((FILE *)(sym_bfd->iostream)); /* Raw file descriptor */
|
|
|
|
|
#define STRING_TABLE_OFFSET (sym_bfd->origin + obj_str_filepos (sym_bfd))
|
|
|
|
|
#define SYMBOL_TABLE_OFFSET (sym_bfd->origin + obj_sym_filepos (sym_bfd))
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME POKING INSIDE BFD DATA STRUCTURES */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
info->desc = desc;
|
|
|
|
|
info->text_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, ".text");
|
|
|
|
|
if (!info->text_sect)
|
|
|
|
|
abort();
|
1991-05-02 05:39:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
info->symcount = bfd_get_symcount (sym_bfd);
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read the string table size and check it for bogosity. */
|
|
|
|
|
val = lseek (desc, STRING_TABLE_OFFSET, L_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
if (val < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name (name);
|
|
|
|
|
if (fstat (desc, &statbuf) == -1)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name (name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
val = myread (desc, size_temp, sizeof (long));
|
|
|
|
|
if (val < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name (name);
|
1991-05-29 02:13:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
info->stringtab_size = bfd_h_get_32 (sym_bfd, size_temp);
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->stringtab_size >= 0 && info->stringtab_size < statbuf.st_size)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
info->stringtab = (char *) xmalloc (info->stringtab_size);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Caller is responsible for freeing the string table. No cleanup. */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
info->stringtab = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
if (info->stringtab == NULL && info->stringtab_size != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("ridiculous string table size: %d bytes", info->stringtab_size);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now read in the string table in one big gulp. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
val = lseek (desc, STRING_TABLE_OFFSET, L_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
if (val < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name (name);
|
|
|
|
|
val = myread (desc, info->stringtab, info->stringtab_size);
|
|
|
|
|
if (val < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name (name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Record the position of the symbol table for later use. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
info->symtab_offset = SYMBOL_TABLE_OFFSET;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Buffer for reading the symbol table entries. */
|
|
|
|
|
static struct nlist symbuf[4096];
|
|
|
|
|
static int symbuf_idx;
|
|
|
|
|
static int symbuf_end;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* I/O descriptor for reading the symbol table. */
|
|
|
|
|
static int symtab_input_desc;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The address in memory of the string table of the object file we are
|
|
|
|
|
reading (which might not be the "main" object file, but might be a
|
|
|
|
|
shared library or some other dynamically loaded thing). This is set
|
|
|
|
|
by read_dbx_symtab when building psymtabs, and by read_ofile_symtab
|
|
|
|
|
when building symtabs, and is used only by next_symbol_text. */
|
|
|
|
|
static char *stringtab_global;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Refill the symbol table input buffer
|
|
|
|
|
and set the variables that control fetching entries from it.
|
|
|
|
|
Reports an error if no data available.
|
|
|
|
|
This function can read past the end of the symbol table
|
|
|
|
|
(into the string table) but this does no harm. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
fill_symbuf ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int nbytes = myread (symtab_input_desc, symbuf, sizeof (symbuf));
|
|
|
|
|
if (nbytes < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name ("<symbol file>");
|
|
|
|
|
else if (nbytes == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Premature end of file reading symbol table");
|
|
|
|
|
symbuf_end = nbytes / sizeof (struct nlist);
|
|
|
|
|
symbuf_idx = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
return 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define SWAP_SYMBOL(symp) \
|
|
|
|
|
{ \
|
1991-05-29 02:13:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
(symp)->n_un.n_strx = bfd_h_get_32(symfile_bfd, \
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(unsigned char *)&(symp)->n_un.n_strx); \
|
1991-05-29 02:13:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
(symp)->n_desc = bfd_h_get_16 (symfile_bfd, \
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(unsigned char *)&(symp)->n_desc); \
|
1991-05-29 02:13:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
(symp)->n_value = bfd_h_get_32 (symfile_bfd, \
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
(unsigned char *)&(symp)->n_value); \
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Invariant: The symbol pointed to by symbuf_idx is the first one
|
|
|
|
|
that hasn't been swapped. Swap the symbol at the same time
|
|
|
|
|
that symbuf_idx is incremented. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* dbx allows the text of a symbol name to be continued into the
|
|
|
|
|
next symbol name! When such a continuation is encountered
|
|
|
|
|
(a \ at the end of the text of a name)
|
|
|
|
|
call this function to get the continuation. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static char *
|
|
|
|
|
next_symbol_text ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (symbuf_idx == symbuf_end)
|
|
|
|
|
fill_symbuf ();
|
|
|
|
|
symnum++;
|
|
|
|
|
SWAP_SYMBOL(&symbuf[symbuf_idx]);
|
|
|
|
|
return symbuf[symbuf_idx++].n_un.n_strx + stringtab_global;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initializes storage for all of the partial symbols that will be
|
|
|
|
|
created by read_dbx_symtab and subsidiaries. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
init_psymbol_list (total_symbols)
|
|
|
|
|
int total_symbols;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Free any previously allocated psymbol lists. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (global_psymbols.list)
|
|
|
|
|
free (global_psymbols.list);
|
|
|
|
|
if (static_psymbols.list)
|
|
|
|
|
free (static_psymbols.list);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Current best guess is that there are approximately a twentieth
|
|
|
|
|
of the total symbols (in a debugging file) are global or static
|
|
|
|
|
oriented symbols */
|
|
|
|
|
global_psymbols.size = total_symbols / 10;
|
|
|
|
|
static_psymbols.size = total_symbols / 10;
|
|
|
|
|
global_psymbols.next = global_psymbols.list = (struct partial_symbol *)
|
|
|
|
|
xmalloc (global_psymbols.size * sizeof (struct partial_symbol));
|
|
|
|
|
static_psymbols.next = static_psymbols.list = (struct partial_symbol *)
|
|
|
|
|
xmalloc (static_psymbols.size * sizeof (struct partial_symbol));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Initialize the list of bincls to contain none and have some
|
|
|
|
|
allocated. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
init_bincl_list (number)
|
|
|
|
|
int number;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
bincls_allocated = number;
|
|
|
|
|
next_bincl = bincl_list = (struct header_file_location *)
|
|
|
|
|
xmalloc (bincls_allocated * sizeof(struct header_file_location));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add a bincl to the list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
add_bincl_to_list (pst, name, instance)
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
int instance;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (next_bincl >= bincl_list + bincls_allocated)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int offset = next_bincl - bincl_list;
|
|
|
|
|
bincls_allocated *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
bincl_list = (struct header_file_location *)
|
|
|
|
|
xrealloc ((char *)bincl_list,
|
|
|
|
|
bincls_allocated * sizeof (struct header_file_location));
|
|
|
|
|
next_bincl = bincl_list + offset;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
next_bincl->pst = pst;
|
|
|
|
|
next_bincl->instance = instance;
|
|
|
|
|
next_bincl++->name = name;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Given a name, value pair, find the corresponding
|
|
|
|
|
bincl in the list. Return the partial symtab associated
|
|
|
|
|
with that header_file_location. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *
|
|
|
|
|
find_corresponding_bincl_psymtab (name, instance)
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
int instance;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct header_file_location *bincl;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (bincl = bincl_list; bincl < next_bincl; bincl++)
|
|
|
|
|
if (bincl->instance == instance
|
|
|
|
|
&& !strcmp (name, bincl->name))
|
|
|
|
|
return bincl->pst;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Free the storage allocated for the bincl list. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
free_bincl_list ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
free (bincl_list);
|
|
|
|
|
bincls_allocated = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct partial_symtab *start_psymtab ();
|
|
|
|
|
static void end_psymtab();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is normally a macro defined in read_dbx_symtab, but this
|
|
|
|
|
is a lot easier to debug. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_PLIST(NAME, NAMELENGTH, NAMESPACE, CLASS, PLIST, VALUE)
|
|
|
|
|
char *NAME;
|
|
|
|
|
int NAMELENGTH;
|
|
|
|
|
enum namespace NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
enum address_class CLASS;
|
|
|
|
|
struct psymbol_allocation_list *PLIST;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long VALUE;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symbol *psym;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define LIST *PLIST
|
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
|
|
|
if ((LIST).next >=
|
|
|
|
|
(LIST).list + (LIST).size)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
(LIST).list = (struct partial_symbol *)
|
|
|
|
|
xrealloc ((LIST).list,
|
|
|
|
|
((LIST).size * 2
|
|
|
|
|
* sizeof (struct partial_symbol)));
|
|
|
|
|
/* Next assumes we only went one over. Should be good if
|
|
|
|
|
program works correctly */
|
|
|
|
|
(LIST).next =
|
|
|
|
|
(LIST).list + (LIST).size;
|
|
|
|
|
(LIST).size *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
psym = (LIST).next++;
|
|
|
|
|
#undef LIST
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (psym) = (char *) obstack_alloc (psymbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
(NAMELENGTH) + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy (SYMBOL_NAME (psym), (NAME), (NAMELENGTH));
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[(NAMELENGTH)] = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (psym) = (NAMESPACE);
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (psym) = (CLASS);
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (psym) = (VALUE);
|
|
|
|
|
} while (0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Since one arg is a struct, we have to pass in a ptr and deref it (sigh) */
|
|
|
|
|
#define ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_LIST(NAME, NAMELENGTH, NAMESPACE, CLASS, LIST, VALUE) \
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_PLIST(NAME, NAMELENGTH, NAMESPACE, CLASS, &LIST, VALUE)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* DEBUG */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Given pointers to an a.out symbol table in core containing dbx
|
|
|
|
|
style data, setup partial_symtab's describing each source file for
|
|
|
|
|
which debugging information is available. NLISTLEN is the number
|
|
|
|
|
of symbols in the symbol table. All symbol names are given as
|
|
|
|
|
offsets relative to STRINGTAB. STRINGTAB_SIZE is the size of
|
|
|
|
|
STRINGTAB. SYMFILE_NAME is the name of the file we are reading from
|
|
|
|
|
and ADDR is its relocated address (if incremental) or 0 (if not). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
read_dbx_symtab (symfile_name, addr,
|
|
|
|
|
desc, stringtab, stringtab_size, nlistlen,
|
|
|
|
|
text_addr, text_size)
|
|
|
|
|
char *symfile_name;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR addr;
|
|
|
|
|
int desc;
|
|
|
|
|
register char *stringtab;
|
|
|
|
|
register long stringtab_size;
|
|
|
|
|
register int nlistlen;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR text_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
int text_size;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct nlist *bufp;
|
|
|
|
|
register char *namestring;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symbol *psym;
|
|
|
|
|
int nsl;
|
|
|
|
|
int past_first_source_file = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR last_o_file_start = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
|
|
|
|
char *p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* End of the text segment of the executable file. */
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR end_of_text_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Current partial symtab */
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* List of current psymtab's include files */
|
|
|
|
|
char **psymtab_include_list;
|
|
|
|
|
int includes_allocated;
|
|
|
|
|
int includes_used;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Index within current psymtab dependency list */
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab **dependency_list;
|
|
|
|
|
int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
stringtab_global = stringtab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
includes_allocated = 30;
|
|
|
|
|
includes_used = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
psymtab_include_list = (char **) alloca (includes_allocated *
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (char *));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dependencies_allocated = 30;
|
|
|
|
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
dependency_list =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct partial_symtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated *
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME!! If an error occurs, this blows away the whole symbol table!
|
|
|
|
|
It should only blow away the psymtabs created herein. We could
|
|
|
|
|
be reading a shared library or a dynloaded file! */
|
|
|
|
|
old_chain = make_cleanup (free_all_psymtabs, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Init bincl list */
|
|
|
|
|
init_bincl_list (20);
|
|
|
|
|
make_cleanup (free_bincl_list, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
last_source_file = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
|
|
|
|
|
end_of_text_addr = END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT;
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
1991-04-05 11:02:10 +02:00
|
|
|
|
end_of_text_addr = text_addr + text_size;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_input_desc = desc; /* This is needed for fill_symbuf below */
|
|
|
|
|
symbuf_end = symbuf_idx = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (symnum = 0; symnum < nlistlen; symnum++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the symbol for this run and pull out some info */
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT; /* allow this to be interruptable */
|
|
|
|
|
if (symbuf_idx == symbuf_end)
|
|
|
|
|
fill_symbuf ();
|
|
|
|
|
bufp = &symbuf[symbuf_idx++];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Special case to speed up readin.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
if (bufp->n_type == (unsigned char)N_SLINE) continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SWAP_SYMBOL (bufp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Ok. There is a lot of code duplicated in the rest of this
|
|
|
|
|
switch statement (for efficiency reasons). Since I don't
|
|
|
|
|
like duplicating code, I will do my penance here, and
|
|
|
|
|
describe the code which is duplicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*) The assignment to namestring.
|
|
|
|
|
*) The call to strchr.
|
|
|
|
|
*) The addition of a partial symbol the the two partial
|
|
|
|
|
symbol lists. This last is a large section of code, so
|
|
|
|
|
I've imbedded it in the following macro.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set namestring based on bufp. If the string table index is invalid,
|
|
|
|
|
give a fake name, and print a single error message per symbol file read,
|
|
|
|
|
rather than abort the symbol reading or flood the user with messages. */
|
|
|
|
|
#define SET_NAMESTRING()\
|
|
|
|
|
if (bufp->n_un.n_strx < 0 || bufp->n_un.n_strx >= stringtab_size) { \
|
|
|
|
|
complain (&string_table_offset_complaint, symnum); \
|
|
|
|
|
namestring = "foo"; \
|
|
|
|
|
} else \
|
|
|
|
|
namestring = bufp->n_un.n_strx + stringtab
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add a symbol with an integer value to a psymtab. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is a macro unless we're debugging. See above this function. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef DEBUG
|
|
|
|
|
# define ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_LIST(NAME, NAMELENGTH, NAMESPACE, CLASS, LIST, VALUE) \
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_VT_TO_LIST(NAME, NAMELENGTH, NAMESPACE, CLASS, LIST, VALUE, \
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE)
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* DEBUG */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add a symbol with a CORE_ADDR value to a psymtab. */
|
|
|
|
|
#define ADD_PSYMBOL_ADDR_TO_LIST(NAME, NAMELENGTH, NAMESPACE, CLASS, LIST, VALUE) \
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_VT_TO_LIST(NAME, NAMELENGTH, NAMESPACE, CLASS, LIST, VALUE, \
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add any kind of symbol to a psymtab. */
|
|
|
|
|
#define ADD_PSYMBOL_VT_TO_LIST(NAME, NAMELENGTH, NAMESPACE, CLASS, LIST, VALUE, VT)\
|
|
|
|
|
do { \
|
|
|
|
|
if ((LIST).next >= \
|
|
|
|
|
(LIST).list + (LIST).size) \
|
|
|
|
|
{ \
|
|
|
|
|
(LIST).list = (struct partial_symbol *) \
|
|
|
|
|
xrealloc ((LIST).list, \
|
|
|
|
|
((LIST).size * 2 \
|
|
|
|
|
* sizeof (struct partial_symbol))); \
|
|
|
|
|
/* Next assumes we only went one over. Should be good if \
|
|
|
|
|
program works correctly */ \
|
|
|
|
|
(LIST).next = \
|
|
|
|
|
(LIST).list + (LIST).size; \
|
|
|
|
|
(LIST).size *= 2; \
|
|
|
|
|
} \
|
|
|
|
|
psym = (LIST).next++; \
|
|
|
|
|
\
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (psym) = (char *) obstack_alloc (psymbol_obstack, \
|
|
|
|
|
(NAMELENGTH) + 1); \
|
|
|
|
|
strncpy (SYMBOL_NAME (psym), (NAME), (NAMELENGTH)); \
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (psym)[(NAMELENGTH)] = '\0'; \
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (psym) = (NAMESPACE); \
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (psym) = (CLASS); \
|
|
|
|
|
VT (psym) = (VALUE); \
|
|
|
|
|
} while (0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* End of macro definitions, now let's handle them symbols! */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (bufp->n_type)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Standard, external, non-debugger, symbols
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_TEXT | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_NBTEXT | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_NBDATA | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_NBBSS | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SETV | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_ABS | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_DATA | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_BSS | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_value += addr; /* Relocate */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bss_ext_symbol:
|
|
|
|
|
record_misc_function (namestring, bufp->n_value,
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_type); /* Always */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Standard, local, non-debugger, symbols */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_NBTEXT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We need to be able to deal with both N_FN or N_TEXT,
|
|
|
|
|
because we have no way of knowing whether the sys-supplied ld
|
|
|
|
|
or GNU ld was used to make the executable. */
|
|
|
|
|
#if ! (N_FN & N_EXT)
|
|
|
|
|
case N_FN:
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
case N_FN | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_TEXT:
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_value += addr; /* Relocate */
|
|
|
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING();
|
|
|
|
|
if ((namestring[0] == '-' && namestring[1] == 'l')
|
|
|
|
|
|| (namestring [(nsl = strlen (namestring)) - 1] == 'o'
|
|
|
|
|
&& namestring [nsl - 2] == '.'))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (entry_point < bufp->n_value
|
|
|
|
|
&& entry_point >= last_o_file_start
|
|
|
|
|
&& addr == 0) /* FIXME nogood nomore */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
startup_file_start = last_o_file_start;
|
|
|
|
|
startup_file_end = bufp->n_value;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (past_first_source_file && pst
|
|
|
|
|
/* The gould NP1 uses low values for .o and -l symbols
|
|
|
|
|
which are not the address. */
|
|
|
|
|
&& bufp->n_value > pst->textlow)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
|
|
|
|
|
symnum * sizeof (struct nlist), bufp->n_value,
|
|
|
|
|
dependency_list, dependencies_used,
|
|
|
|
|
global_psymbols.next, static_psymbols.next);
|
|
|
|
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
|
|
|
|
includes_used = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
past_first_source_file = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
last_o_file_start = bufp->n_value;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_DATA:
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_value += addr; /* Relocate */
|
|
|
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING ();
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for __DYNAMIC, which is used by Sun shared libraries.
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
Record it even if it's local, not global, so we can find it.
|
|
|
|
|
Same with virtual function tables, both global and static. */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((namestring[8] == 'C' && (strcmp ("__DYNAMIC", namestring) == 0))
|
|
|
|
|
|| VTBL_PREFIX_P ((namestring+HASH_OFFSET)))
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Not really a function here, but... */
|
|
|
|
|
record_misc_function (namestring, bufp->n_value,
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_type); /* Always */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_UNDF | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
if (bufp->n_value != 0) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is a "Fortran COMMON" symbol. See if the target
|
|
|
|
|
environment knows where it has been relocated to. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR reladdr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING();
|
|
|
|
|
if (target_lookup_symbol (namestring, &reladdr)) {
|
|
|
|
|
continue; /* Error in lookup; ignore symbol for now. */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_type ^= (N_BSS^N_UNDF); /* Define it as a bss-symbol */
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_value = reladdr;
|
|
|
|
|
goto bss_ext_symbol;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
continue; /* Just undefined, not COMMON */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Lots of symbol types we can just ignore. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_UNDF:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_ABS:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_BSS:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_NBDATA:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_NBBSS:
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Keep going . . .*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Special symbol types for GNU
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
case N_INDR:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_INDR | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SETA:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SETA | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SETT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SETT | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SETD:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SETD | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SETB:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SETB | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SETV:
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Debugger symbols
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SO: {
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned long valu = bufp->n_value;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Symbol number of the first symbol of this file (i.e. the N_SO
|
|
|
|
|
if there is just one, or the first if we have a pair). */
|
|
|
|
|
int first_symnum = symnum;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* End the current partial symtab and start a new one */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Peek at the next symbol. If it is also an N_SO, the
|
|
|
|
|
first one just indicates the directory. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (symbuf_idx == symbuf_end)
|
|
|
|
|
fill_symbuf ();
|
|
|
|
|
bufp = &symbuf[symbuf_idx];
|
|
|
|
|
/* n_type is only a char, so swapping swapping is irrelevant. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (bufp->n_type == (unsigned char)N_SO)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
SWAP_SYMBOL (bufp);
|
|
|
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING ();
|
|
|
|
|
valu = bufp->n_value;
|
|
|
|
|
symbuf_idx++;
|
|
|
|
|
symnum++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
valu += addr; /* Relocate */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pst && past_first_source_file)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
|
|
|
|
|
first_symnum * sizeof (struct nlist), valu,
|
|
|
|
|
dependency_list, dependencies_used,
|
|
|
|
|
global_psymbols.next, static_psymbols.next);
|
|
|
|
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
|
|
|
|
includes_used = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
past_first_source_file = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pst = start_psymtab (symfile_name, addr,
|
|
|
|
|
namestring, valu,
|
|
|
|
|
first_symnum * sizeof (struct nlist),
|
|
|
|
|
global_psymbols.next, static_psymbols.next);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_BINCL:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add this bincl to the bincl_list for future EXCLs. No
|
|
|
|
|
need to save the string; it'll be around until
|
|
|
|
|
read_dbx_symtab function returns */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_bincl_to_list (pst, namestring, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mark down an include file in the current psymtab */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring;
|
|
|
|
|
if (includes_used >= includes_allocated)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char **orig = psymtab_include_list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
psymtab_include_list = (char **)
|
|
|
|
|
alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) *
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (char *));
|
|
|
|
|
bcopy (orig, psymtab_include_list,
|
|
|
|
|
includes_used * sizeof (char *));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SOL:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Mark down an include file in the current psymtab */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* In C++, one may expect the same filename to come round many
|
|
|
|
|
times, when code is coming alternately from the main file
|
|
|
|
|
and from inline functions in other files. So I check to see
|
1991-04-13 23:51:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
if this is a file we've seen before -- either the main
|
|
|
|
|
source file, or a previously included file.
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This seems to be a lot of time to be spending on N_SOL, but
|
|
|
|
|
things like "break expread.y:435" need to work (I
|
|
|
|
|
suppose the psymtab_include_list could be hashed or put
|
|
|
|
|
in a binary tree, if profiling shows this is a major hog). */
|
1991-04-13 23:51:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
if (!strcmp (namestring, pst->filename))
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register int i;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < includes_used; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
if (!strcmp (namestring, psymtab_include_list[i]))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
i = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (i == -1)
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring;
|
|
|
|
|
if (includes_used >= includes_allocated)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char **orig = psymtab_include_list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
psymtab_include_list = (char **)
|
|
|
|
|
alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) *
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (char *));
|
|
|
|
|
bcopy (orig, psymtab_include_list,
|
|
|
|
|
includes_used * sizeof (char *));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_LSYM: /* Typedef or automatic variable. */
|
|
|
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p = (char *) strchr (namestring, ':');
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Skip if there is no :. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!p) continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (p[1])
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 'T':
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_LIST (namestring, p - namestring,
|
|
|
|
|
STRUCT_NAMESPACE, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
|
|
|
|
static_psymbols, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[2] == 't')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Also a typedef with the same name. */
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_LIST (namestring, p - namestring,
|
|
|
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
|
|
|
|
static_psymbols, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
p += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
goto check_enum;
|
|
|
|
|
case 't':
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_LIST (namestring, p - namestring,
|
|
|
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
|
|
|
|
static_psymbols, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
check_enum:
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is an enumerated type, we need to
|
|
|
|
|
add all the enum constants to the partial symbol
|
|
|
|
|
table. This does not cover enums without names, e.g.
|
|
|
|
|
"enum {a, b} c;" in C, but fortunately those are
|
|
|
|
|
rare. There is no way for GDB to find those from the
|
|
|
|
|
enum type without spending too much time on it. Thus
|
|
|
|
|
to solve this problem, the compiler needs to put out separate
|
|
|
|
|
constant symbols ('c' N_LSYMS) for enum constants in
|
|
|
|
|
enums without names, or put out a dummy type. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We are looking for something of the form
|
|
|
|
|
<name> ":" ("t" | "T") [<number> "="] "e"
|
|
|
|
|
{<constant> ":" <value> ","} ";". */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Skip over the colon and the 't' or 'T'. */
|
|
|
|
|
p += 2;
|
|
|
|
|
/* This type may be given a number. Skip over it. */
|
|
|
|
|
while ((*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
|
|
|
|
|
|| *p == '=')
|
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p++ == 'e')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* We have found an enumerated type. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* According to comments in read_enum_type
|
|
|
|
|
a comma could end it instead of a semicolon.
|
|
|
|
|
I don't know where that happens.
|
|
|
|
|
Accept either. */
|
|
|
|
|
while (*p && *p != ';' && *p != ',')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *q;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for and handle cretinous dbx symbol name
|
|
|
|
|
continuation! */
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p == '\\')
|
|
|
|
|
p = next_symbol_text ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Point to the character after the name
|
|
|
|
|
of the enum constant. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (q = p; *q && *q != ':'; q++)
|
|
|
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note that the value doesn't matter for
|
|
|
|
|
enum constants in psymtabs, just in symtabs. */
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_LIST (p, q - p,
|
|
|
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST,
|
|
|
|
|
static_psymbols, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Point past the name. */
|
|
|
|
|
p = q;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Skip over the value. */
|
|
|
|
|
while (*p && *p != ',')
|
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Advance past the comma. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p)
|
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
case 'c':
|
|
|
|
|
/* Constant, e.g. from "const" in Pascal. */
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_LIST (namestring, p - namestring,
|
|
|
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST,
|
|
|
|
|
static_psymbols, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Skip if the thing following the : is
|
|
|
|
|
not a letter (which indicates declaration of a local
|
|
|
|
|
variable, which we aren't interested in). */
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_FUN:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_GSYM: /* Global (extern) variable; can be
|
|
|
|
|
data or bss (sigh). */
|
|
|
|
|
case N_STSYM: /* Data seg var -- static */
|
|
|
|
|
case N_LCSYM: /* BSS " */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_NBSTS: /* Gould nobase. */
|
|
|
|
|
case N_NBLCS: /* symbols. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Following may probably be ignored; I'll leave them here
|
|
|
|
|
for now (until I do Pascal and Modula 2 extensions). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_PC: /* I may or may not need this; I
|
|
|
|
|
suspect not. */
|
|
|
|
|
case N_M2C: /* I suspect that I can ignore this here. */
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SCOPE: /* Same. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p = (char *) strchr (namestring, ':');
|
|
|
|
|
if (!p)
|
|
|
|
|
continue; /* Not a debugging symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Main processing section for debugging symbols which
|
|
|
|
|
the initial read through the symbol tables needs to worry
|
|
|
|
|
about. If we reach this point, the symbol which we are
|
|
|
|
|
considering is definitely one we are interested in.
|
|
|
|
|
p must also contain the (valid) index into the namestring
|
|
|
|
|
which indicates the debugging type symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (p[1])
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 'c':
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_LIST (namestring, p - namestring,
|
|
|
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST,
|
|
|
|
|
static_psymbols, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
case 'S':
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_value += addr; /* Relocate */
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_ADDR_TO_LIST (namestring, p - namestring,
|
|
|
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_STATIC,
|
|
|
|
|
static_psymbols, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
case 'G':
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_value += addr; /* Relocate */
|
1991-07-19 08:45:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* The addresses in these entries are reported to be
|
|
|
|
|
wrong. See the code that reads 'G's for symtabs. */
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_ADDR_TO_LIST (namestring, p - namestring,
|
1991-07-19 08:45:19 +02:00
|
|
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_STATIC,
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
global_psymbols, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 't':
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_LIST (namestring, p - namestring,
|
|
|
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_TYPEDEF,
|
|
|
|
|
global_psymbols, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'f':
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_LIST (namestring, p - namestring,
|
|
|
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
|
|
|
|
|
static_psymbols, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-04-13 23:51:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* Global functions were ignored here, but now they
|
|
|
|
|
are put into the global psymtab like one would expect.
|
|
|
|
|
They're also in the misc fn vector...
|
|
|
|
|
FIXME, why did it used to ignore these? That broke
|
|
|
|
|
"i fun" on these functions. */
|
|
|
|
|
case 'F':
|
|
|
|
|
ADD_PSYMBOL_TO_LIST (namestring, p - namestring,
|
|
|
|
|
VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
|
|
|
|
|
global_psymbols, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/* Two things show up here (hopefully); static symbols of
|
|
|
|
|
local scope (static used inside braces) or extensions
|
|
|
|
|
of structure symbols. We can ignore both. */
|
|
|
|
|
case 'V':
|
|
|
|
|
case '(':
|
|
|
|
|
case '0':
|
|
|
|
|
case '1':
|
|
|
|
|
case '2':
|
|
|
|
|
case '3':
|
|
|
|
|
case '4':
|
|
|
|
|
case '5':
|
|
|
|
|
case '6':
|
|
|
|
|
case '7':
|
|
|
|
|
case '8':
|
|
|
|
|
case '9':
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Unexpected symbol. Ignore it; perhaps it is an extension
|
|
|
|
|
that we don't know about.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Someone says sun cc puts out symbols like
|
|
|
|
|
/foo/baz/maclib::/usr/local/bin/maclib,
|
|
|
|
|
which would get here with a symbol type of ':'. */
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_EXCL:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SET_NAMESTRING();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the corresponding bincl and mark that psymtab on the
|
|
|
|
|
psymtab dependency list */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *needed_pst =
|
|
|
|
|
find_corresponding_bincl_psymtab (namestring, bufp->n_value);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this include file was defined earlier in this file,
|
|
|
|
|
leave it alone. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (needed_pst == pst) continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (needed_pst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
int found = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < dependencies_used; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
if (dependency_list[i] == needed_pst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
found = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If it's already in the list, skip the rest. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (found) continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dependency_list[dependencies_used++] = needed_pst;
|
|
|
|
|
if (dependencies_used >= dependencies_allocated)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab **orig = dependency_list;
|
|
|
|
|
dependency_list =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct partial_symtab **)
|
|
|
|
|
alloca ((dependencies_allocated *= 2)
|
|
|
|
|
* sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
|
|
|
|
|
bcopy (orig, dependency_list,
|
|
|
|
|
(dependencies_used
|
|
|
|
|
* sizeof (struct partial_symtab *)));
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INFO
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "Had to reallocate dependency list.\n");
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "New dependencies allocated: %d\n",
|
|
|
|
|
dependencies_allocated);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: \"repeated\" header file not previously seen, at symtab pos %d.",
|
|
|
|
|
symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_EINCL:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_DSLINE:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_BSLINE:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SSYM: /* Claim: Structure or union element.
|
|
|
|
|
Hopefully, I can ignore this. */
|
|
|
|
|
case N_ENTRY: /* Alternate entry point; can ignore. */
|
|
|
|
|
case N_MAIN: /* Can definitely ignore this. */
|
|
|
|
|
case N_CATCH: /* These are GNU C++ extensions */
|
|
|
|
|
case N_EHDECL: /* that can safely be ignored here. */
|
|
|
|
|
case N_LENG:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_BCOMM:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_ECOMM:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_ECOML:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_FNAME:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SLINE:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_RSYM:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_PSYM:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_LBRAC:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_RBRAC:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_NSYMS: /* Ultrix 4.0: symbol count */
|
|
|
|
|
/* These symbols aren't interesting; don't worry about them */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
/* If we haven't found it yet, ignore it. It's probably some
|
|
|
|
|
new type we don't know about yet. */
|
|
|
|
|
complain (&unknown_symtype_complaint, bufp->n_type);
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If there's stuff to be cleaned up, clean it up. */
|
1991-05-02 05:39:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
if (nlistlen > 0 /* We have some syms */
|
|
|
|
|
&& entry_point < bufp->n_value
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
&& entry_point >= last_o_file_start)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
startup_file_start = last_o_file_start;
|
|
|
|
|
startup_file_end = bufp->n_value;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pst)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
|
|
|
|
|
symnum * sizeof (struct nlist), end_of_text_addr,
|
|
|
|
|
dependency_list, dependencies_used,
|
|
|
|
|
global_psymbols.next, static_psymbols.next);
|
|
|
|
|
includes_used = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
dependencies_used = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
free_bincl_list ();
|
|
|
|
|
discard_cleanups (old_chain);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Allocate and partially fill a partial symtab. It will be
|
|
|
|
|
* completely filled at the end of the symbol list.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SYMFILE_NAME is the name of the symbol-file we are reading from, and ADDR
|
|
|
|
|
is the address relative to which its symbols are (incremental) or 0
|
|
|
|
|
(normal). */
|
|
|
|
|
static struct partial_symtab *
|
|
|
|
|
start_psymtab (symfile_name, addr,
|
|
|
|
|
filename, textlow, ldsymoff, global_syms, static_syms)
|
|
|
|
|
char *symfile_name;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR addr;
|
|
|
|
|
char *filename;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR textlow;
|
|
|
|
|
int ldsymoff;
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol *global_syms;
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol *static_syms;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *result =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct partial_symtab *) obstack_alloc (psymbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct partial_symtab));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result->addr = addr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result->symfile_name =
|
|
|
|
|
(char *) obstack_alloc (psymbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
strlen (symfile_name) + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (result->symfile_name, symfile_name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result->filename =
|
|
|
|
|
(char *) obstack_alloc (psymbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
strlen (filename) + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (result->filename, filename);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result->textlow = textlow;
|
|
|
|
|
result->ldsymoff = ldsymoff;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result->readin = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
result->symtab = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
result->read_symtab = dbx_psymtab_to_symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result->globals_offset = global_syms - global_psymbols.list;
|
|
|
|
|
result->statics_offset = static_syms - static_psymbols.list;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result->n_global_syms = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
result->n_static_syms = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
compare_psymbols (s1, s2)
|
|
|
|
|
register struct partial_symbol *s1, *s2;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register char
|
|
|
|
|
*st1 = SYMBOL_NAME (s1),
|
|
|
|
|
*st2 = SYMBOL_NAME (s2);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (st1[0] - st2[0] ? st1[0] - st2[0] :
|
|
|
|
|
strcmp (st1 + 1, st2 + 1));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Close off the current usage of a partial_symbol table entry. This
|
|
|
|
|
involves setting the correct number of includes (with a realloc),
|
|
|
|
|
setting the high text mark, setting the symbol length in the
|
|
|
|
|
executable, and setting the length of the global and static lists
|
|
|
|
|
of psymbols.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The global symbols and static symbols are then seperately sorted.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Then the partial symtab is put on the global list.
|
|
|
|
|
*** List variables and peculiarities of same. ***
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
end_psymtab (pst, include_list, num_includes, capping_symbol_offset,
|
|
|
|
|
capping_text, dependency_list, number_dependencies,
|
|
|
|
|
capping_global, capping_static)
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
|
|
|
|
char **include_list;
|
|
|
|
|
int num_includes;
|
|
|
|
|
int capping_symbol_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR capping_text;
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab **dependency_list;
|
|
|
|
|
int number_dependencies;
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symbol *capping_global, *capping_static;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pst->ldsymlen = capping_symbol_offset - pst->ldsymoff;
|
|
|
|
|
pst->texthigh = capping_text;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pst->n_global_syms =
|
|
|
|
|
capping_global - (global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset);
|
|
|
|
|
pst->n_static_syms =
|
|
|
|
|
capping_static - (static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pst->number_of_dependencies = number_dependencies;
|
|
|
|
|
if (number_dependencies)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
pst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **)
|
|
|
|
|
obstack_alloc (psymbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
|
|
|
|
|
bcopy (dependency_list, pst->dependencies,
|
|
|
|
|
number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
pst->dependencies = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < num_includes; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Eventually, put this on obstack */
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *subpst =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct partial_symtab *)
|
|
|
|
|
obstack_alloc (psymbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct partial_symtab));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->filename =
|
|
|
|
|
(char *) obstack_alloc (psymbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
strlen (include_list[i]) + 1);
|
|
|
|
|
strcpy (subpst->filename, include_list[i]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->symfile_name = pst->symfile_name;
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->addr = pst->addr;
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->ldsymoff =
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->ldsymlen =
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->textlow =
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->texthigh = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-04-19 03:19:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* We could save slight bits of space by only making one of these,
|
|
|
|
|
shared by the entire set of include files. FIXME-someday. */
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
subpst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **)
|
|
|
|
|
obstack_alloc (psymbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->dependencies[0] = pst;
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->number_of_dependencies = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->globals_offset =
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->n_global_syms =
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->statics_offset =
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->n_static_syms = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->readin = 0;
|
1991-04-23 03:11:11 +02:00
|
|
|
|
subpst->symtab = 0;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
subpst->read_symtab = dbx_psymtab_to_symtab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
subpst->next = partial_symtab_list;
|
|
|
|
|
partial_symtab_list = subpst;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Sort the global list; don't sort the static list */
|
|
|
|
|
qsort (global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset, pst->n_global_syms,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct partial_symbol), compare_psymbols);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-04-13 23:51:28 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* If there is already a psymtab or symtab for a file of this name, remove it.
|
|
|
|
|
(If there is a symtab, more drastic things also happen.)
|
|
|
|
|
This happens in VxWorks. */
|
|
|
|
|
free_named_symtabs (pst->filename);
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
/* Put the psymtab on the psymtab list */
|
|
|
|
|
pst->next = partial_symtab_list;
|
|
|
|
|
partial_symtab_list = pst;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst, desc, stringtab, stringtab_size, sym_offset)
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
|
|
|
|
int desc;
|
|
|
|
|
char *stringtab;
|
|
|
|
|
int stringtab_size;
|
|
|
|
|
int sym_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!pst)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pst->readin)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in. Shouldn't happen.\n",
|
|
|
|
|
pst->filename);
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read in all partial symbtabs on which this one is dependent */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < pst->number_of_dependencies; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
if (!pst->dependencies[i]->readin)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Inform about additional files that need to be read in. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (info_verbose)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fputs_filtered (" ", stdout);
|
|
|
|
|
wrap_here ("");
|
|
|
|
|
fputs_filtered ("and ", stdout);
|
|
|
|
|
wrap_here ("");
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("%s...", pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
|
|
|
|
|
wrap_here (""); /* Flush output */
|
|
|
|
|
fflush (stdout);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst->dependencies[i], desc,
|
|
|
|
|
stringtab, stringtab_size, sym_offset);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pst->ldsymlen) /* Otherwise it's a dummy */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Init stuff necessary for reading in symbols */
|
|
|
|
|
free_pendings = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
pending_blocks = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
file_symbols = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
global_symbols = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
old_chain = make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read in this files symbols */
|
|
|
|
|
lseek (desc, sym_offset, L_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
read_ofile_symtab (desc, stringtab, stringtab_size,
|
|
|
|
|
pst->ldsymoff,
|
|
|
|
|
pst->ldsymlen, pst->textlow,
|
|
|
|
|
pst->texthigh - pst->textlow, pst->addr);
|
|
|
|
|
sort_symtab_syms (symtab_list); /* At beginning since just added */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
pst->readin = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Read in all of the symbols for a given psymtab for real.
|
|
|
|
|
* Be verbose about it if the user wants that.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_psymtab_to_symtab (pst)
|
|
|
|
|
struct partial_symtab *pst;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int desc;
|
|
|
|
|
char *stringtab;
|
|
|
|
|
int stsize, val;
|
|
|
|
|
struct stat statbuf;
|
|
|
|
|
struct cleanup *old_chain;
|
|
|
|
|
bfd *sym_bfd;
|
|
|
|
|
long st_temp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!pst)
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pst->readin)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in. Shouldn't happen.\n",
|
|
|
|
|
pst->filename);
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (pst->ldsymlen || pst->number_of_dependencies)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Print the message now, before reading the string table,
|
|
|
|
|
to avoid disconcerting pauses. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (info_verbose)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("Reading in symbols for %s...", pst->filename);
|
|
|
|
|
fflush (stdout);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Open symbol file and read in string table. Symbol_file_command
|
|
|
|
|
guarantees that the symbol file name will be absolute, so there is
|
|
|
|
|
no need for openp. */
|
|
|
|
|
desc = open(pst->symfile_name, O_RDONLY, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (desc < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name (pst->symfile_name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sym_bfd = bfd_fdopenr (pst->symfile_name, NULL, desc);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!sym_bfd)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
(void)close (desc);
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Could not open `%s' to read symbols: %s",
|
|
|
|
|
pst->symfile_name, bfd_errmsg (bfd_error));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
old_chain = make_cleanup (bfd_close, sym_bfd);
|
|
|
|
|
if (!bfd_check_format (sym_bfd, bfd_object))
|
|
|
|
|
error ("\"%s\": can't read symbols: %s.",
|
|
|
|
|
pst->symfile_name, bfd_errmsg (bfd_error));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We keep the string table for symfile resident in memory, but
|
|
|
|
|
not the string table for any other symbol files. */
|
1991-04-06 04:11:43 +02:00
|
|
|
|
if ((symfile == 0) || 0 != strcmp(pst->symfile_name, symfile))
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read in the string table */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME, this uses internal BFD variables. See above in
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_symbol_file_open where the macro is defined! */
|
|
|
|
|
lseek (desc, STRING_TABLE_OFFSET, L_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
val = myread (desc, &st_temp, sizeof st_temp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (val < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name (pst->symfile_name);
|
1991-05-29 02:13:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
stsize = bfd_h_get_32 (sym_bfd, (unsigned char *)&st_temp);
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
if (fstat (desc, &statbuf) < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name (pst->symfile_name);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (stsize >= 0 && stsize < statbuf.st_size)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef BROKEN_LARGE_ALLOCA
|
|
|
|
|
stringtab = (char *) xmalloc (stsize);
|
|
|
|
|
make_cleanup (free, stringtab);
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
stringtab = (char *) alloca (stsize);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
stringtab = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
if (stringtab == NULL && stsize != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("ridiculous string table size: %d bytes", stsize);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME, this uses internal BFD variables. See above in
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_symbol_file_open where the macro is defined! */
|
|
|
|
|
val = lseek (desc, STRING_TABLE_OFFSET, L_SET);
|
|
|
|
|
if (val < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name (pst->symfile_name);
|
|
|
|
|
val = myread (desc, stringtab, stsize);
|
|
|
|
|
if (val < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
perror_with_name (pst->symfile_name);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
stringtab = symfile_string_table;
|
|
|
|
|
stsize = symfile_string_table_size;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symfile_bfd = sym_bfd; /* Kludge for SWAP_SYMBOL */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME, this uses internal BFD variables. See above in
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_symbol_file_open where the macro is defined! */
|
|
|
|
|
psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst, desc, stringtab, stsize,
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_TABLE_OFFSET);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Match with global symbols. This only needs to be done once,
|
|
|
|
|
after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in. */
|
|
|
|
|
scan_file_globals ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do_cleanups (old_chain);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Finish up the debug error message. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (info_verbose)
|
|
|
|
|
printf_filtered ("done.\n");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Scan through all of the global symbols defined in the object file,
|
|
|
|
|
* assigning values to the debugging symbols that need to be assigned
|
|
|
|
|
* to. Get these symbols from the misc function list.
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
scan_file_globals ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int hash;
|
|
|
|
|
int mf;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (mf = 0; mf < misc_function_count; mf++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *namestring = misc_function_vector[mf].name;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *sym, *prev;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
prev = (struct symbol *) 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the hash index and check all the symbols
|
|
|
|
|
under that hash index. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hash = hashname (namestring);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (sym = global_sym_chain[hash]; sym;)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (*namestring == SYMBOL_NAME (sym)[0]
|
|
|
|
|
&& !strcmp(namestring + 1, SYMBOL_NAME (sym) + 1))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Splice this symbol out of the hash chain and
|
|
|
|
|
assign the value we have to it. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (prev)
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN (prev) = SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
global_sym_chain[hash] = SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check to see whether we need to fix up a common block. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note: this code might be executed several times for
|
|
|
|
|
the same symbol if there are multiple references. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_BLOCK)
|
|
|
|
|
fix_common_block (sym, misc_function_vector[mf].address);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = misc_function_vector[mf].address;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (prev)
|
|
|
|
|
sym = SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN (prev);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
sym = global_sym_chain[hash];
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
prev = sym;
|
|
|
|
|
sym = SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Process a pair of symbols. Currently they must both be N_SO's. */
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
process_symbol_pair (type1, desc1, value1, name1,
|
|
|
|
|
type2, desc2, value2, name2)
|
|
|
|
|
int type1;
|
|
|
|
|
int desc1;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR value1;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name1;
|
|
|
|
|
int type2;
|
|
|
|
|
int desc2;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR value2;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name2;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* No need to check PCC_SOL_BROKEN, on the assumption that such
|
|
|
|
|
broken PCC's don't put out N_SO pairs. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (last_source_file)
|
|
|
|
|
end_symtab (value2);
|
|
|
|
|
start_symtab (name2, name1, value2);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
|
* Read in a defined section of a specific object file's symbols.
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
* DESC is the file descriptor for the file, positioned at the
|
|
|
|
|
* beginning of the symtab
|
|
|
|
|
* STRINGTAB is a pointer to the files string
|
|
|
|
|
* table, already read in
|
|
|
|
|
* SYM_OFFSET is the offset within the file of
|
|
|
|
|
* the beginning of the symbols we want to read, NUM_SUMBOLS is the
|
|
|
|
|
* number of symbols to read
|
|
|
|
|
* TEXT_OFFSET is the beginning of the text segment we are reading symbols for
|
|
|
|
|
* TEXT_SIZE is the size of the text segment read in.
|
|
|
|
|
* OFFSET is a relocation offset which gets added to each symbol
|
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
read_ofile_symtab (desc, stringtab, stringtab_size, sym_offset,
|
|
|
|
|
sym_size, text_offset, text_size, offset)
|
|
|
|
|
int desc;
|
|
|
|
|
register char *stringtab;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int stringtab_size;
|
|
|
|
|
int sym_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
int sym_size;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR text_offset;
|
|
|
|
|
int text_size;
|
|
|
|
|
int offset;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register char *namestring;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nlist *bufp;
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned char type;
|
|
|
|
|
subfile_stack = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
stringtab_global = stringtab;
|
|
|
|
|
last_source_file = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
symtab_input_desc = desc;
|
|
|
|
|
symbuf_end = symbuf_idx = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* It is necessary to actually read one symbol *before* the start
|
|
|
|
|
of this symtab's symbols, because the GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
|
|
|
|
|
occurs before the N_SO symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Detecting this in read_dbx_symtab
|
|
|
|
|
would slow down initial readin, so we look for it here instead. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (sym_offset >= (int)sizeof (struct nlist))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
lseek (desc, sym_offset - sizeof (struct nlist), L_INCR);
|
|
|
|
|
fill_symbuf ();
|
|
|
|
|
bufp = &symbuf[symbuf_idx++];
|
|
|
|
|
SWAP_SYMBOL (bufp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (bufp->n_un.n_strx < 0 || bufp->n_un.n_strx >= stringtab_size)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: bad string table offset: %d",
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_un.n_strx);
|
|
|
|
|
namestring = bufp->n_un.n_strx + stringtab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
processing_gcc_compilation =
|
|
|
|
|
(bufp->n_type == N_TEXT
|
|
|
|
|
&& !strcmp (namestring, GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* The N_SO starting this symtab is the first symbol, so we
|
|
|
|
|
better not check the symbol before it. I'm not this can
|
|
|
|
|
happen, but it doesn't hurt to check for it. */
|
|
|
|
|
lseek(desc, sym_offset, L_INCR);
|
|
|
|
|
processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (symbuf_idx == symbuf_end)
|
|
|
|
|
fill_symbuf();
|
|
|
|
|
bufp = &symbuf[symbuf_idx];
|
|
|
|
|
if (bufp->n_type != (unsigned char)N_SO)
|
|
|
|
|
error("First symbol in segment of executable not a source symbol");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (symnum = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
symnum < sym_size / sizeof(struct nlist);
|
|
|
|
|
symnum++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
QUIT; /* Allow this to be interruptable */
|
|
|
|
|
if (symbuf_idx == symbuf_end)
|
|
|
|
|
fill_symbuf();
|
|
|
|
|
bufp = &symbuf[symbuf_idx++];
|
|
|
|
|
SWAP_SYMBOL (bufp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type = bufp->n_type & N_TYPE;
|
|
|
|
|
if (type == (unsigned char)N_CATCH)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* N_CATCH is not fixed up by the linker, and unfortunately,
|
|
|
|
|
there's no other place to put it in the .stab map. */
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_value += text_offset + offset;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (type == N_TEXT || type == N_DATA || type == N_BSS)
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_value += offset;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type = bufp->n_type;
|
|
|
|
|
if (bufp->n_un.n_strx < 0 || bufp->n_un.n_strx >= stringtab_size)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: bad string table offset: %d",
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_un.n_strx);
|
|
|
|
|
namestring = bufp->n_un.n_strx + stringtab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (type & N_STAB)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
short bufp_n_desc = bufp->n_desc;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
unsigned long valu = bufp->n_value;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for a pair of N_SO symbols. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (type == (unsigned char)N_SO)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (symbuf_idx == symbuf_end)
|
|
|
|
|
fill_symbuf ();
|
|
|
|
|
bufp = &symbuf[symbuf_idx];
|
|
|
|
|
if (bufp->n_type == (unsigned char)N_SO)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *namestring2;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SWAP_SYMBOL (bufp);
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_value += offset; /* Relocate */
|
|
|
|
|
symbuf_idx++;
|
|
|
|
|
symnum++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (bufp->n_un.n_strx < 0
|
|
|
|
|
|| bufp->n_un.n_strx >= stringtab_size)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: bad string table offset: %d",
|
|
|
|
|
bufp->n_un.n_strx);
|
|
|
|
|
namestring2 = bufp->n_un.n_strx + stringtab;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
process_symbol_pair (N_SO, bufp_n_desc, valu, namestring,
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
N_SO, bufp->n_desc, bufp->n_value,
|
|
|
|
|
namestring2);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
process_one_symbol(type, bufp_n_desc, valu, namestring);
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
process_one_symbol (type, bufp_n_desc, valu, namestring);
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* We skip checking for a new .o or -l file; that should never
|
|
|
|
|
happen in this routine. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (type == N_TEXT
|
|
|
|
|
&& !strcmp (namestring, GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL))
|
|
|
|
|
/* I don't think this code will ever be executed, because
|
|
|
|
|
the GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL usually is right before
|
|
|
|
|
the N_SO symbol which starts this source file.
|
|
|
|
|
However, there is no reason not to accept
|
|
|
|
|
the GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL anywhere. */
|
|
|
|
|
processing_gcc_compilation = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (type & N_EXT || type == (unsigned char)N_TEXT
|
|
|
|
|
|| type == (unsigned char)N_NBTEXT
|
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
/* Global symbol: see if we came across a dbx defintion for
|
|
|
|
|
a corresponding symbol. If so, store the value. Remove
|
|
|
|
|
syms from the chain when their values are stored, but
|
|
|
|
|
search the whole chain, as there may be several syms from
|
|
|
|
|
different files with the same name. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is probably not true. Since the files will be read
|
|
|
|
|
in one at a time, each reference to a global symbol will
|
|
|
|
|
be satisfied in each file as it appears. So we skip this
|
|
|
|
|
section. */
|
|
|
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
end_symtab (text_offset + text_size);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
|
|
|
hashname (name)
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register char *p = name;
|
|
|
|
|
register int total = p[0];
|
|
|
|
|
register int c;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
c = p[1];
|
|
|
|
|
total += c << 2;
|
|
|
|
|
if (c)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
c = p[2];
|
|
|
|
|
total += c << 4;
|
|
|
|
|
if (c)
|
|
|
|
|
total += p[3] << 6;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Ensure result is positive. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (total < 0) total += (1000 << 6);
|
|
|
|
|
return total % HASHSIZE;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
process_one_symbol (type, desc, valu, name)
|
|
|
|
|
int type, desc;
|
|
|
|
|
CORE_ADDR valu;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef SUN_FIXED_LBRAC_BUG
|
|
|
|
|
/* This records the last pc address we've seen. We depend on their being
|
|
|
|
|
an SLINE or FUN or SO before the first LBRAC, since the variable does
|
|
|
|
|
not get reset in between reads of different symbol files. */
|
|
|
|
|
static CORE_ADDR last_pc_address;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
register struct context_stack *new;
|
|
|
|
|
char *colon_pos;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Something is wrong if we see real data before
|
|
|
|
|
seeing a source file name. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (last_source_file == 0 && type != (unsigned char)N_SO)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Currently this ignores N_ENTRY on Gould machines, N_NSYM on machines
|
|
|
|
|
where that code is defined. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (IGNORE_SYMBOL (type))
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME, this should not be an error, since it precludes extending
|
|
|
|
|
the symbol table information in this way... */
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: does not start by identifying a source file.");
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (type)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case N_FUN:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_FNAME:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Either of these types of symbols indicates the start of
|
|
|
|
|
a new function. We must process its "name" normally for dbx,
|
|
|
|
|
but also record the start of a new lexical context, and possibly
|
|
|
|
|
also the end of the lexical context for the previous function. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is not always true. This type of symbol may indicate a
|
|
|
|
|
text segment variable. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef SUN_FIXED_LBRAC_BUG
|
|
|
|
|
last_pc_address = valu; /* Save for SunOS bug circumcision */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
colon_pos = strchr (name, ':');
|
|
|
|
|
if (!colon_pos++
|
|
|
|
|
|| (*colon_pos != 'f' && *colon_pos != 'F'))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
define_symbol (valu, name, desc, type);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
within_function = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
if (context_stack_depth > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
new = &context_stack[--context_stack_depth];
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a block for the local symbols within. */
|
|
|
|
|
finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks,
|
|
|
|
|
new->start_addr, valu);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Stack must be empty now. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (context_stack_depth != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: unmatched N_LBRAC before symtab pos %d.",
|
|
|
|
|
symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new = &context_stack[context_stack_depth++];
|
|
|
|
|
new->old_blocks = pending_blocks;
|
|
|
|
|
new->start_addr = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
new->name = define_symbol (valu, name, desc, type);
|
|
|
|
|
local_symbols = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_CATCH:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Record the address at which this catch takes place. */
|
|
|
|
|
define_symbol (valu, name, desc, type);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_EHDECL:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Don't know what to do with these yet. */
|
|
|
|
|
error ("action uncertain for eh extensions");
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_LBRAC:
|
|
|
|
|
/* This "symbol" just indicates the start of an inner lexical
|
|
|
|
|
context within a function. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined (BLOCK_ADDRESS_ABSOLUTE)
|
|
|
|
|
/* On most machines, the block addresses are relative to the
|
|
|
|
|
N_SO, the linker did not relocate them (sigh). */
|
|
|
|
|
valu += last_source_start_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef SUN_FIXED_LBRAC_BUG
|
|
|
|
|
if (valu < last_pc_address) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* Patch current LBRAC pc value to match last handy pc value */
|
|
|
|
|
complain (&lbrac_complaint, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
valu = last_pc_address;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
if (context_stack_depth == context_stack_size)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
context_stack_size *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
context_stack = (struct context_stack *)
|
|
|
|
|
xrealloc (context_stack,
|
|
|
|
|
(context_stack_size
|
|
|
|
|
* sizeof (struct context_stack)));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new = &context_stack[context_stack_depth++];
|
|
|
|
|
new->depth = desc;
|
|
|
|
|
new->locals = local_symbols;
|
|
|
|
|
new->old_blocks = pending_blocks;
|
|
|
|
|
new->start_addr = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
new->name = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
local_symbols = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_RBRAC:
|
|
|
|
|
/* This "symbol" just indicates the end of an inner lexical
|
|
|
|
|
context that was started with N_LBRAC. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined (BLOCK_ADDRESS_ABSOLUTE)
|
|
|
|
|
/* On most machines, the block addresses are relative to the
|
|
|
|
|
N_SO, the linker did not relocate them (sigh). */
|
|
|
|
|
valu += last_source_start_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new = &context_stack[--context_stack_depth];
|
|
|
|
|
if (desc != new->depth)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: N_LBRAC/N_RBRAC symbol mismatch, symtab pos %d.", symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Some compilers put the variable decls inside of an
|
|
|
|
|
LBRAC/RBRAC block. This macro should be nonzero if this
|
|
|
|
|
is true. DESC is N_DESC from the N_RBRAC symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
GCC_P is true if we've detected the GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL. */
|
|
|
|
|
#if !defined (VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK)
|
|
|
|
|
#define VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK(desc, gcc_p) 0
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Can only use new->locals as local symbols here if we're in
|
|
|
|
|
gcc or on a machine that puts them before the lbrack. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK(desc, processing_gcc_compilation))
|
|
|
|
|
local_symbols = new->locals;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is not the outermost LBRAC...RBRAC pair in the
|
|
|
|
|
function, its local symbols preceded it, and are the ones
|
|
|
|
|
just recovered from the context stack. Defined the block for them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If this is the outermost LBRAC...RBRAC pair, there is no
|
|
|
|
|
need to do anything; leave the symbols that preceded it
|
|
|
|
|
to be attached to the function's own block. However, if
|
|
|
|
|
it is so, we need to indicate that we just moved outside
|
|
|
|
|
of the function. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (local_symbols
|
|
|
|
|
&& (context_stack_depth
|
|
|
|
|
> !VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK(desc, processing_gcc_compilation)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME Muzzle a compiler bug that makes end < start. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (new->start_addr > valu)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
complain(&lbrac_rbrac_complaint, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
new->start_addr = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make a block for the local symbols within. */
|
|
|
|
|
finish_block (0, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks,
|
|
|
|
|
new->start_addr, valu);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
within_function = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK(desc, processing_gcc_compilation))
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now pop locals of block just finished. */
|
|
|
|
|
local_symbols = new->locals;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_FN | N_EXT:
|
|
|
|
|
/* This kind of symbol supposedly indicates the start
|
|
|
|
|
of an object file. In fact this type does not appear. */
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SO:
|
|
|
|
|
/* This type of symbol indicates the start of data
|
|
|
|
|
for one source file.
|
|
|
|
|
Finish the symbol table of the previous source file
|
|
|
|
|
(if any) and start accumulating a new symbol table. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef SUN_FIXED_LBRAC_BUG
|
|
|
|
|
last_pc_address = valu; /* Save for SunOS bug circumcision */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PCC_SOL_BROKEN
|
|
|
|
|
/* pcc bug, occasionally puts out SO for SOL. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (context_stack_depth > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
start_subfile (name, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
if (last_source_file)
|
|
|
|
|
end_symtab (valu);
|
|
|
|
|
start_symtab (name, NULL, valu);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SOL:
|
|
|
|
|
/* This type of symbol indicates the start of data for
|
|
|
|
|
a sub-source-file, one whose contents were copied or
|
|
|
|
|
included in the compilation of the main source file
|
|
|
|
|
(whose name was given in the N_SO symbol.) */
|
|
|
|
|
start_subfile (name, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_BINCL:
|
|
|
|
|
push_subfile ();
|
|
|
|
|
add_new_header_file (name, valu);
|
|
|
|
|
start_subfile (name, NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_EINCL:
|
|
|
|
|
start_subfile (pop_subfile (), NULL);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_EXCL:
|
|
|
|
|
add_old_header_file (name, valu);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_SLINE:
|
|
|
|
|
/* This type of "symbol" really just records
|
|
|
|
|
one line-number -- core-address correspondence.
|
|
|
|
|
Enter it in the line list for this symbol table. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef SUN_FIXED_LBRAC_BUG
|
|
|
|
|
last_pc_address = valu; /* Save for SunOS bug circumcision */
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
record_line (desc, valu);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_BCOMM:
|
|
|
|
|
if (common_block)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: common within common at symtab pos %d",
|
|
|
|
|
symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
common_block = local_symbols;
|
|
|
|
|
common_block_i = local_symbols ? local_symbols->nsyms : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_ECOMM:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Symbols declared since the BCOMM are to have the common block
|
|
|
|
|
start address added in when we know it. common_block points to
|
|
|
|
|
the first symbol after the BCOMM in the local_symbols list;
|
|
|
|
|
copy the list and hang it off the symbol for the common block name
|
|
|
|
|
for later fixup. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *sym =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct symbol *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct symbol));
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (sym, sizeof *sym);
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = savestring (name, strlen (name));
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = (enum namespace)((long)
|
|
|
|
|
copy_pending (local_symbols, common_block_i, common_block));
|
|
|
|
|
i = hashname (SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN (sym) = global_sym_chain[i];
|
|
|
|
|
global_sym_chain[i] = sym;
|
|
|
|
|
common_block = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case N_ECOML:
|
|
|
|
|
case N_LENG:
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
if (name)
|
|
|
|
|
define_symbol (valu, name, desc, type);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read a number by which a type is referred to in dbx data,
|
|
|
|
|
or perhaps read a pair (FILENUM, TYPENUM) in parentheses.
|
|
|
|
|
Just a single number N is equivalent to (0,N).
|
|
|
|
|
Return the two numbers by storing them in the vector TYPENUMS.
|
|
|
|
|
TYPENUMS will then be used as an argument to dbx_lookup_type. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
read_type_number (pp, typenums)
|
|
|
|
|
register char **pp;
|
|
|
|
|
register int *typenums;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '(')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
(*pp)++;
|
|
|
|
|
typenums[0] = read_number (pp, ',');
|
|
|
|
|
typenums[1] = read_number (pp, ')');
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
typenums[0] = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
typenums[1] = read_number (pp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* To handle GNU C++ typename abbreviation, we need to be able to
|
|
|
|
|
fill in a type's name as soon as space for that type is allocated.
|
|
|
|
|
`type_synonym_name' is the name of the type being allocated.
|
|
|
|
|
It is cleared as soon as it is used (lest all allocated types
|
|
|
|
|
get this name). */
|
|
|
|
|
static char *type_synonym_name;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct symbol *
|
|
|
|
|
define_symbol (valu, string, desc, type)
|
|
|
|
|
unsigned int valu;
|
|
|
|
|
char *string;
|
|
|
|
|
int desc;
|
|
|
|
|
int type;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
char *p = (char *) strchr (string, ':');
|
|
|
|
|
int deftype;
|
|
|
|
|
int synonym = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
register int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Ignore syms with empty names. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (string[0] == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Ignore old-style symbols from cc -go */
|
|
|
|
|
if (p == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sym = (struct symbol *)obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, sizeof (struct symbol));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (processing_gcc_compilation) {
|
|
|
|
|
/* GCC 2.x puts the line number in desc. SunOS apparently puts in the
|
|
|
|
|
number of bytes occupied by a type or object, which we ignore. */
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_LINE(sym) = desc;
|
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_LINE(sym) = 0; /* unknown */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1991-04-30 22:19:02 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
if (string[0] == CPLUS_MARKER)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Special GNU C++ names. */
|
|
|
|
|
switch (string[1])
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 't':
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = "this";
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 'v': /* $vtbl_ptr_type */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Was: SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = "vptr"; */
|
|
|
|
|
goto normal;
|
|
|
|
|
case 'e':
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = "eh_throw";
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case '_':
|
|
|
|
|
/* This was an anonymous type that was never fixed up. */
|
|
|
|
|
goto normal;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
normal:
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym)
|
|
|
|
|
= (char *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, ((p - string) + 1));
|
|
|
|
|
/* Open-coded bcopy--saves function call time. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register char *p1 = string;
|
|
|
|
|
register char *p2 = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
while (p1 != p)
|
|
|
|
|
*p2++ = *p1++;
|
|
|
|
|
*p2++ = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Determine the type of name being defined. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* The Acorn RISC machine's compiler can put out locals that don't
|
|
|
|
|
start with "234=" or "(3,4)=", so assume anything other than the
|
|
|
|
|
deftypes we know how to handle is a local. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* (Peter Watkins @ Computervision)
|
|
|
|
|
Handle Sun-style local fortran array types 'ar...' .
|
|
|
|
|
(gnu@cygnus.com) -- this strchr() handles them properly?
|
|
|
|
|
(tiemann@cygnus.com) -- 'C' is for catch. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (!strchr ("cfFGpPrStTvVXC", *p))
|
|
|
|
|
deftype = 'l';
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
deftype = *p++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* c is a special case, not followed by a type-number.
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL:c=iVALUE for an integer constant symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL:c=rVALUE for a floating constant symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL:c=eTYPE,INTVALUE for an enum constant symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
e.g. "b:c=e6,0" for "const b = blob1"
|
|
|
|
|
(where type 6 is defined by "blobs:t6=eblob1:0,blob2:1,;"). */
|
|
|
|
|
if (deftype == 'c')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p++ != '=')
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data at symtab pos %d.", symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
switch (*p++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 'r':
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
double d = atof (p);
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
char *dbl_valu;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = builtin_type_double;
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
dbl_valu =
|
|
|
|
|
(char *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, sizeof (double));
|
|
|
|
|
bcopy (&d, dbl_valu, sizeof (double));
|
|
|
|
|
SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST (dbl_valu, sizeof (double));
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_BYTES (sym) = dbl_valu;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST_BYTES;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 'i':
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = builtin_type_int;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = atoi (p);
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 'e':
|
|
|
|
|
/* SYMBOL:c=eTYPE,INTVALUE for an enum constant symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
e.g. "b:c=e6,0" for "const b = blob1"
|
|
|
|
|
(where type 6 is defined by "blobs:t6=eblob1:0,blob2:1,;"). */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int typenums[2];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
read_type_number (&p, typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p++ != ',')
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: no comma in enum const symbol");
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = *dbx_lookup_type (typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = atoi (p);
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data at symtab pos %d.", symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
return sym;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now usually comes a number that says which data type,
|
|
|
|
|
and possibly more stuff to define the type
|
|
|
|
|
(all of which is handled by read_type) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (deftype == 'p' && *p == 'F')
|
|
|
|
|
/* pF is a two-letter code that means a function parameter in Fortran.
|
|
|
|
|
The type-number specifies the type of the return value.
|
|
|
|
|
Translate it into a pointer-to-function type. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)
|
|
|
|
|
= lookup_pointer_type (lookup_function_type (read_type (&p)));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
struct type *type_read;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
synonym = *p == 't';
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (synonym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
p += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
type_synonym_name = obsavestring (SYMBOL_NAME (sym),
|
|
|
|
|
strlen (SYMBOL_NAME (sym)));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
type_read = read_type (&p);
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if ((deftype == 'F' || deftype == 'f')
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (type_read) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = lookup_function_type (type_read);
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = type_read;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (deftype)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 'C':
|
|
|
|
|
/* The name of a caught exception. */
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_LABEL;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'f':
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'F':
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'G':
|
|
|
|
|
/* For a class G (global) symbol, it appears that the
|
|
|
|
|
value is not correct. It is necessary to search for the
|
|
|
|
|
corresponding linker definition to find the value.
|
|
|
|
|
These definitions appear at the end of the namelist. */
|
|
|
|
|
i = hashname (SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_CHAIN (sym) = global_sym_chain[i];
|
|
|
|
|
global_sym_chain[i] = sym;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_STATIC;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This case is faked by a conditional above,
|
|
|
|
|
when there is no code letter in the dbx data.
|
|
|
|
|
Dbx data never actually contains 'l'. */
|
|
|
|
|
case 'l':
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_LOCAL;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'p':
|
|
|
|
|
/* Normally this is a parameter, a LOC_ARG. On the i960, it
|
|
|
|
|
can also be a LOC_LOCAL_ARG depending on symbol type. */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifndef DBX_PARM_SYMBOL_CLASS
|
|
|
|
|
#define DBX_PARM_SYMBOL_CLASS(type) LOC_ARG
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = DBX_PARM_SYMBOL_CLASS (type);
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If it's gcc-compiled, if it says `short', believe it. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (processing_gcc_compilation || BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION_TYPE)
|
|
|
|
|
/* This macro is defined on machines (e.g. sparc) where
|
|
|
|
|
we should believe the type of a PCC 'short' argument,
|
|
|
|
|
but shouldn't believe the address (the address is
|
|
|
|
|
the address of the corresponding int). Note that
|
|
|
|
|
this is only different from the BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
|
|
|
|
|
case on big-endian machines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
My guess is that this correction, as opposed to changing
|
|
|
|
|
the parameter to an 'int' (as done below, for PCC
|
|
|
|
|
on most machines), is the right thing to do
|
|
|
|
|
on all machines, but I don't want to risk breaking
|
|
|
|
|
something that already works. On most PCC machines,
|
|
|
|
|
the sparc problem doesn't come up because the calling
|
|
|
|
|
function has to zero the top bytes (not knowing whether
|
|
|
|
|
the called function wants an int or a short), so there
|
|
|
|
|
is no practical difference between an int and a short
|
|
|
|
|
(except perhaps what happens when the GDB user types
|
|
|
|
|
"print short_arg = 0x10000;").
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hacked for SunOS 4.1 by gnu@cygnus.com. In 4.1, the compiler
|
|
|
|
|
actually produces the correct address (we don't need to fix it
|
|
|
|
|
up). I made this code adapt so that it will offset the symbol
|
|
|
|
|
if it was pointing at an int-aligned location and not
|
|
|
|
|
otherwise. This way you can use the same gdb for 4.0.x and
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 systems. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (0 == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) % sizeof (int))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) == builtin_type_char
|
|
|
|
|
|| SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) == builtin_type_unsigned_char)
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) += 3;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) == builtin_type_short
|
|
|
|
|
|| SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) == builtin_type_unsigned_short)
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) += 2;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#else /* no BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION_TYPE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If PCC says a parameter is a short or a char,
|
|
|
|
|
it is really an int. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) == builtin_type_char
|
|
|
|
|
|| SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) == builtin_type_short)
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = builtin_type_int;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) == builtin_type_unsigned_char
|
|
|
|
|
|| SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) == builtin_type_unsigned_short)
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = builtin_type_unsigned_int;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* no BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION_TYPE. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'P':
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM (valu);
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'r':
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGISTER;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM (valu);
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'S':
|
|
|
|
|
/* Static symbol at top level of file */
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_STATIC;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 't':
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
if (TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& (TYPE_FLAGS (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) & TYPE_FLAG_PERM) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) =
|
|
|
|
|
obsavestring (SYMBOL_NAME (sym),
|
|
|
|
|
strlen (SYMBOL_NAME (sym)));
|
|
|
|
|
/* C++ vagaries: we may have a type which is derived from
|
|
|
|
|
a base type which did not have its name defined when the
|
|
|
|
|
derived class was output. We fill in the derived class's
|
|
|
|
|
base part member's name here in that case. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if ((TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
|
|
|
|
|| TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == TYPE_CODE_UNION)
|
|
|
|
|
&& TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
|
|
|
|
if (TYPE_BASECLASS_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), i) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_BASECLASS_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), i) =
|
|
|
|
|
type_name_no_tag (TYPE_BASECLASS (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), i));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'T':
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = STRUCT_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
if (TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& (TYPE_FLAGS (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) & TYPE_FLAG_PERM) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym))
|
|
|
|
|
= obconcat ("",
|
|
|
|
|
(TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
|
|
|
|
|
? "enum "
|
|
|
|
|
: (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
|
|
|
|
|
? "struct " : "union ")),
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym));
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (synonym)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *typedef_sym
|
|
|
|
|
= (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, sizeof (struct symbol));
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (typedef_sym) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (typedef_sym) = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (typedef_sym) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (typedef_sym) = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (typedef_sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (typedef_sym, &file_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'V':
|
|
|
|
|
/* Static symbol of local scope */
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_STATIC;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'v':
|
|
|
|
|
/* Reference parameter */
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'X':
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is used by Sun FORTRAN for "function result value".
|
|
|
|
|
Sun claims ("dbx and dbxtool interfaces", 2nd ed)
|
|
|
|
|
that Pascal uses it too, but when I tried it Pascal used
|
|
|
|
|
"x:3" (local symbol) instead. */
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_LOCAL;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = valu;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: unknown symbol-type code `%c' at symtab pos %d.", deftype, symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return sym;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* What about types defined as forward references inside of a small lexical
|
|
|
|
|
scope? */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add a type to the list of undefined types to be checked through
|
|
|
|
|
once this file has been read in. */
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
add_undefined_type (type)
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *type;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (undef_types_length == undef_types_allocated)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
undef_types_allocated *= 2;
|
|
|
|
|
undef_types = (struct type **)
|
|
|
|
|
xrealloc (undef_types,
|
|
|
|
|
undef_types_allocated * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
undef_types[undef_types_length++] = type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add here something to go through each undefined type, see if it's
|
|
|
|
|
still undefined, and do a full lookup if so. */
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
cleanup_undefined_types ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct type **type;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (type = undef_types; type < undef_types + undef_types_length; type++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Reasonable test to see if it's been defined since. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (TYPE_NFIELDS (*type) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *ppt;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Name of the type, without "struct" or "union" */
|
|
|
|
|
char *typename = TYPE_NAME (*type);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!strncmp (typename, "struct ", 7))
|
|
|
|
|
typename += 7;
|
|
|
|
|
if (!strncmp (typename, "union ", 6))
|
|
|
|
|
typename += 6;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (ppt = file_symbols; ppt; ppt = ppt->next)
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ppt->nsyms; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *sym = ppt->symbol[i];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF
|
|
|
|
|
&& SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == STRUCT_NAMESPACE
|
|
|
|
|
&& (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) ==
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_CODE (*type))
|
|
|
|
|
&& !strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), typename))
|
|
|
|
|
bcopy (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym), *type, sizeof (struct type));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
/* It has been defined; don't mark it as a stub. */
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (*type) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_STUB;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
undef_types_length = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Skip rest of this symbol and return an error type.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General notes on error recovery: error_type always skips to the
|
|
|
|
|
end of the symbol (modulo cretinous dbx symbol name continuation).
|
|
|
|
|
Thus code like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*(*pp)++ != ';')
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is wrong because if *pp starts out pointing at '\0' (typically as the
|
|
|
|
|
result of an earlier error), it will be incremented to point to the
|
|
|
|
|
start of the next symbol, which might produce strange results, at least
|
|
|
|
|
if you run off the end of the string table. Instead use
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp != ';')
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
++*pp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp != ';')
|
|
|
|
|
foo = error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
++*pp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
And in case it isn't obvious, the point of all this hair is so the compiler
|
|
|
|
|
can define new types and new syntaxes, and old versions of the
|
|
|
|
|
debugger will be able to read the new symbol tables. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *
|
|
|
|
|
error_type (pp)
|
|
|
|
|
char **pp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
complain (&error_type_complaint, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
while (1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Skip to end of symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
while (**pp != '\0')
|
|
|
|
|
(*pp)++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for and handle cretinous dbx symbol name continuation! */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((*pp)[-1] == '\\')
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = next_symbol_text ();
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_error;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read a dbx type reference or definition;
|
|
|
|
|
return the type that is meant.
|
|
|
|
|
This can be just a number, in which case it references
|
|
|
|
|
a type already defined and placed in type_vector.
|
|
|
|
|
Or the number can be followed by an =, in which case
|
|
|
|
|
it means to define a new type according to the text that
|
|
|
|
|
follows the =. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *
|
|
|
|
|
read_type (pp)
|
|
|
|
|
register char **pp;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct type *type = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *type1;
|
|
|
|
|
int typenums[2];
|
|
|
|
|
int xtypenums[2];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read type number if present. The type number may be omitted.
|
|
|
|
|
for instance in a two-dimensional array declared with type
|
|
|
|
|
"ar1;1;10;ar1;1;10;4". */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((**pp >= '0' && **pp <= '9')
|
|
|
|
|
|| **pp == '(')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
read_type_number (pp, typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Detect random reference to type not yet defined.
|
|
|
|
|
Allocate a type object but leave it zeroed. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp != '=')
|
|
|
|
|
return dbx_alloc_type (typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 2;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* 'typenums=' not present, type is anonymous. Read and return
|
|
|
|
|
the definition, but don't put it in the type vector. */
|
|
|
|
|
typenums[0] = typenums[1] = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch ((*pp)[-1])
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 'x':
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
enum type_code code;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Used to index through file_symbols. */
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *ppt;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Name including "struct", etc. */
|
|
|
|
|
char *type_name;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Name without "struct", etc. */
|
|
|
|
|
char *type_name_only;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *prefix;
|
|
|
|
|
char *from, *to;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set the type code according to the following letter. */
|
|
|
|
|
switch ((*pp)[0])
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 's':
|
|
|
|
|
code = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
|
|
|
|
prefix = "struct ";
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 'u':
|
|
|
|
|
code = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
|
|
|
|
|
prefix = "union ";
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 'e':
|
|
|
|
|
code = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
|
|
|
|
|
prefix = "enum ";
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
to = type_name = (char *)
|
|
|
|
|
obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
(strlen (prefix) +
|
|
|
|
|
((char *) strchr (*pp, ':') - (*pp)) + 1));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy the prefix. */
|
|
|
|
|
from = prefix;
|
|
|
|
|
while (*to++ = *from++)
|
|
|
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
|
to--;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type_name_only = to;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy the name. */
|
|
|
|
|
from = *pp + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
while ((*to++ = *from++) != ':')
|
|
|
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
|
*--to = '\0';
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Set the pointer ahead of the name which we just read. */
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = from;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
/* The following hack is clearly wrong, because it doesn't
|
|
|
|
|
check whether we are in a baseclass. I tried to reproduce
|
|
|
|
|
the case that it is trying to fix, but I couldn't get
|
|
|
|
|
g++ to put out a cross reference to a basetype. Perhaps
|
|
|
|
|
it doesn't do it anymore. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note: for C++, the cross reference may be to a base type which
|
|
|
|
|
has not yet been seen. In this case, we skip to the comma,
|
|
|
|
|
which will mark the end of the base class name. (The ':'
|
|
|
|
|
at the end of the base class name will be skipped as well.)
|
|
|
|
|
But sometimes (ie. when the cross ref is the last thing on
|
|
|
|
|
the line) there will be no ','. */
|
|
|
|
|
from = (char *) strchr (*pp, ',');
|
|
|
|
|
if (from)
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = from;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* 0 */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now check to see whether the type has already been declared. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is necessary at least in the case where the
|
|
|
|
|
program says something like
|
|
|
|
|
struct foo bar[5];
|
|
|
|
|
The compiler puts out a cross-reference; we better find
|
|
|
|
|
set the length of the structure correctly so we can
|
|
|
|
|
set the length of the array. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (ppt = file_symbols; ppt; ppt = ppt->next)
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < ppt->nsyms; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *sym = ppt->symbol[i];
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) == LOC_TYPEDEF
|
|
|
|
|
&& SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) == STRUCT_NAMESPACE
|
|
|
|
|
&& (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym)) == code)
|
|
|
|
|
&& !strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), type_name_only))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
obstack_free (symbol_obstack, type_name);
|
|
|
|
|
type = SYMBOL_TYPE (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
return type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Didn't find the type to which this refers, so we must
|
|
|
|
|
be dealing with a forward reference. Allocate a type
|
|
|
|
|
structure for it, and keep track of it so we can
|
|
|
|
|
fill in the rest of the fields when we get the full
|
|
|
|
|
type. */
|
|
|
|
|
type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = code;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NAME (type) = type_name;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_STUB;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
add_undefined_type (type);
|
|
|
|
|
return type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case '0':
|
|
|
|
|
case '1':
|
|
|
|
|
case '2':
|
|
|
|
|
case '3':
|
|
|
|
|
case '4':
|
|
|
|
|
case '5':
|
|
|
|
|
case '6':
|
|
|
|
|
case '7':
|
|
|
|
|
case '8':
|
|
|
|
|
case '9':
|
|
|
|
|
case '(':
|
|
|
|
|
(*pp)--;
|
|
|
|
|
read_type_number (pp, xtypenums);
|
|
|
|
|
type = *dbx_lookup_type (xtypenums);
|
|
|
|
|
if (type == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
type = builtin_type_void;
|
|
|
|
|
if (typenums[0] != -1)
|
|
|
|
|
*dbx_lookup_type (typenums) = type;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case '*':
|
|
|
|
|
type1 = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
type = lookup_pointer_type (type1);
|
|
|
|
|
if (typenums[0] != -1)
|
|
|
|
|
*dbx_lookup_type (typenums) = type;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case '@':
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *domain = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *memtype;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp != ',')
|
|
|
|
|
/* Invalid member type data format. */
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
++*pp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
memtype = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
smash_to_member_type (type, domain, memtype);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case '#':
|
|
|
|
|
if ((*pp)[0] == '#')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* We'll get the parameter types from the name. */
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *return_type;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
return_type = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (*(*pp)++ != ';')
|
|
|
|
|
complain (&invalid_member_complaint, symnum);
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
type = allocate_stub_method (return_type);
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
if (typenums[0] != -1)
|
|
|
|
|
*dbx_lookup_type (typenums) = type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *domain = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *return_type;
|
|
|
|
|
struct type **args;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*(*pp)++ != ',')
|
|
|
|
|
error ("invalid member type data format, at symtab pos %d.",
|
|
|
|
|
symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return_type = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
args = read_args (pp, ';');
|
|
|
|
|
type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
smash_to_method_type (type, domain, return_type, args);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case '&':
|
|
|
|
|
type1 = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
type = lookup_reference_type (type1);
|
|
|
|
|
if (typenums[0] != -1)
|
|
|
|
|
*dbx_lookup_type (typenums) = type;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'f':
|
|
|
|
|
type1 = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
type = lookup_function_type (type1);
|
|
|
|
|
if (typenums[0] != -1)
|
|
|
|
|
*dbx_lookup_type (typenums) = type;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'r':
|
|
|
|
|
type = read_range_type (pp, typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
if (typenums[0] != -1)
|
|
|
|
|
*dbx_lookup_type (typenums) = type;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'e':
|
|
|
|
|
type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
type = read_enum_type (pp, type);
|
|
|
|
|
*dbx_lookup_type (typenums) = type;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 's':
|
|
|
|
|
type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NAME (type) = type_synonym_name;
|
|
|
|
|
type_synonym_name = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
type = read_struct_type (pp, type);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'u':
|
|
|
|
|
type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NAME (type) = type_synonym_name;
|
|
|
|
|
type_synonym_name = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
type = read_struct_type (pp, type);
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case 'a':
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp != 'r')
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
++*pp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
type = dbx_alloc_type (typenums);
|
|
|
|
|
type = read_array_type (pp, type);
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (type == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
abort ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is an overriding temporary alteration for a header file's
|
|
|
|
|
contents, and this type number is unknown in the global definition,
|
|
|
|
|
put this type into the global definition at this type number. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (header_file_prev_index >= 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register struct type **tp
|
|
|
|
|
= explicit_lookup_type (header_file_prev_index, typenums[1]);
|
|
|
|
|
if (*tp == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
*tp = type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
return type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
/* This would be a good idea, but it doesn't really work. The problem
|
|
|
|
|
is that in order to get the virtual context for a particular type,
|
|
|
|
|
you need to know the virtual info from all of its basetypes,
|
|
|
|
|
and you need to have processed its methods. Since GDB reads
|
|
|
|
|
symbols on a file-by-file basis, this means processing the symbols
|
|
|
|
|
of all the files that are needed for each baseclass, which
|
|
|
|
|
means potentially reading in all the debugging info just to fill
|
|
|
|
|
in information we may never need. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This page contains subroutines of read_type. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* FOR_TYPE is a struct type defining a virtual function NAME with type
|
|
|
|
|
FN_TYPE. The `virtual context' for this virtual function is the
|
|
|
|
|
first base class of FOR_TYPE in which NAME is defined with signature
|
|
|
|
|
matching FN_TYPE. OFFSET serves as a hash on matches here.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE is the current type in which we are searching. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *
|
|
|
|
|
virtual_context (for_type, type, name, fn_type, offset)
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *for_type, *type;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *fn_type;
|
|
|
|
|
int offset;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *basetype = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (for_type != type)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check the methods of TYPE. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Need to do a check_stub_type here, but that breaks
|
|
|
|
|
things because we can get infinite regress. */
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
|
|
if (!strcmp (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_NAME (type, i), name))
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
if (i >= 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int j = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_LENGTH (type, i);
|
|
|
|
|
struct fn_field *f = TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (type, i);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (--j >= 0)
|
|
|
|
|
if (TYPE_FN_FIELD_VOFFSET (f, j) == offset-1)
|
|
|
|
|
return TYPE_FN_FIELD_FCONTEXT (f, j);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
for (i = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
basetype = virtual_context (for_type, TYPE_BASECLASS (type, i), name,
|
|
|
|
|
fn_type, offset);
|
|
|
|
|
if (basetype != for_type)
|
|
|
|
|
return basetype;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return for_type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read the description of a structure (or union type)
|
|
|
|
|
and return an object describing the type. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *
|
|
|
|
|
read_struct_type (pp, type)
|
|
|
|
|
char **pp;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct type *type;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Total number of methods defined in this class.
|
|
|
|
|
If the class defines two `f' methods, and one `g' method,
|
|
|
|
|
then this will have the value 3. */
|
|
|
|
|
int total_length = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct nextfield
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct nextfield *next;
|
|
|
|
|
int visibility; /* 0=public, 1=protected, 2=public */
|
|
|
|
|
struct field field;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct next_fnfield
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct next_fnfield *next;
|
|
|
|
|
int visibility; /* 0=public, 1=protected, 2=public */
|
|
|
|
|
struct fn_field fn_field;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct next_fnfieldlist
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct next_fnfieldlist *next;
|
|
|
|
|
struct fn_fieldlist fn_fieldlist;
|
|
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
register struct nextfield *list = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
struct nextfield *new;
|
|
|
|
|
register char *p;
|
|
|
|
|
int nfields = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
register int n;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
register struct next_fnfieldlist *mainlist = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int nfn_fields = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type) = type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* First comes the total size in bytes. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = read_number (pp, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* C++: Now, if the class is a derived class, then the next character
|
|
|
|
|
will be a '!', followed by the number of base classes derived from.
|
|
|
|
|
Each element in the list contains visibility information,
|
|
|
|
|
the offset of this base class in the derived structure,
|
|
|
|
|
and then the base type. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '!')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i, n_baseclasses, offset;
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *baseclass;
|
|
|
|
|
int via_public;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Nonzero if it is a virtual baseclass, i.e.,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct A{};
|
|
|
|
|
struct B{};
|
|
|
|
|
struct C : public B, public virtual A {};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B is a baseclass of C; A is a virtual baseclass for C. This is a C++
|
|
|
|
|
2.0 language feature. */
|
|
|
|
|
int via_virtual;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
n_baseclasses = read_number (pp, ',');
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type) =
|
|
|
|
|
(B_TYPE *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, B_BYTES (n_baseclasses));
|
|
|
|
|
B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type), n_baseclasses);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_baseclasses; i++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '\\')
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = next_symbol_text ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (**pp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case '0':
|
|
|
|
|
via_virtual = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case '1':
|
|
|
|
|
via_virtual = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Bad visibility format. */
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
++*pp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (**pp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case '0':
|
|
|
|
|
via_public = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case '2':
|
|
|
|
|
via_public = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
/* Bad visibility format. */
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (via_virtual)
|
|
|
|
|
SET_TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL (type, i);
|
|
|
|
|
++*pp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Offset of the portion of the object corresponding to
|
|
|
|
|
this baseclass. Always zero in the absence of
|
|
|
|
|
multiple inheritance. */
|
|
|
|
|
offset = read_number (pp, ',');
|
|
|
|
|
baseclass = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1; /* skip trailing ';' */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
/* One's understanding improves, grasshopper... */
|
|
|
|
|
if (offset != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
static int error_printed = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!error_printed)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf (stderr,
|
|
|
|
|
"\nWarning: GDB has limited understanding of multiple inheritance...");
|
|
|
|
|
if (!info_verbose)
|
|
|
|
|
fprintf(stderr, "\n");
|
|
|
|
|
error_printed = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Make this baseclass visible for structure-printing purposes. */
|
|
|
|
|
new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
|
|
|
|
|
new->next = list;
|
|
|
|
|
list = new;
|
|
|
|
|
list->visibility = via_public;
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.type = baseclass;
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.name = type_name_no_tag (baseclass);
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.bitpos = offset;
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.bitsize = 0; /* this should be an unpacked field! */
|
|
|
|
|
nfields++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) = n_baseclasses;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now come the fields, as NAME:?TYPENUM,BITPOS,BITSIZE; for each one.
|
|
|
|
|
At the end, we see a semicolon instead of a field.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In C++, this may wind up being NAME:?TYPENUM:PHYSNAME; for
|
|
|
|
|
a static field.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The `?' is a placeholder for one of '/2' (public visibility),
|
|
|
|
|
'/1' (protected visibility), '/0' (private visibility), or nothing
|
|
|
|
|
(C style symbol table, public visibility). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We better set p right now, in case there are no fields at all... */
|
|
|
|
|
p = *pp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (**pp != ';')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for and handle cretinous dbx symbol name continuation! */
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '\\') *pp = next_symbol_text ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get space to record the next field's data. */
|
|
|
|
|
new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
|
|
|
|
|
new->next = list;
|
|
|
|
|
list = new;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Get the field name. */
|
|
|
|
|
p = *pp;
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p == CPLUS_MARKER)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Special GNU C++ name. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (*++p == 'v')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1991-05-02 06:28:42 +02:00
|
|
|
|
const char *prefix;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name = 0;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
struct type *context;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (*++p)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case 'f':
|
|
|
|
|
prefix = vptr_name;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
case 'b':
|
|
|
|
|
prefix = vb_name;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
error ("invalid abbreviation at symtab pos %d.", symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = p + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
context = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (type_name_no_tag (context) == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (name == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("type name unknown at symtab pos %d.", symnum);
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME-tiemann: when is `name' ever non-0? */
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NAME (context) = obsavestring (name, p - name - 1);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.name = obconcat (prefix, type_name_no_tag (context), "");
|
|
|
|
|
p = ++(*pp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[-1] != ':')
|
|
|
|
|
error ("invalid abbreviation at symtab pos %d.", symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.type = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
(*pp)++; /* Skip the comma. */
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.bitpos = read_number (pp, ';');
|
|
|
|
|
/* This field is unpacked. */
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.bitsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
error ("invalid abbreviation at symtab pos %d.", symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
nfields++;
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (*p != ':') p++;
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.name = obsavestring (*pp, p - *pp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* C++: Check to see if we have hit the methods yet. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[1] == ':')
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = p + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This means we have a visibility for a field coming. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '/')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
switch (*++*pp)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case '0':
|
|
|
|
|
list->visibility = 0; /* private */
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case '1':
|
|
|
|
|
list->visibility = 1; /* protected */
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case '2':
|
|
|
|
|
list->visibility = 2; /* public */
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else /* normal dbx-style format. */
|
|
|
|
|
list->visibility = 2; /* public */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.type = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == ':')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Static class member. */
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.bitpos = (long)-1;
|
|
|
|
|
p = ++(*pp);
|
|
|
|
|
while (*p != ';') p++;
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.bitsize = (long) savestring (*pp, p - *pp);
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = p + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
nfields++;
|
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (**pp != ',')
|
|
|
|
|
/* Bad structure-type format. */
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(*pp)++; /* Skip the comma. */
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.bitpos = read_number (pp, ',');
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.bitsize = read_number (pp, ';');
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME-tiemann: Can't the compiler put out something which
|
|
|
|
|
lets us distinguish these? (or maybe just not put out anything
|
|
|
|
|
for the field). What is the story here? What does the compiler
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
really do? Also, patch gdb.texinfo for this case; I document
|
|
|
|
|
it as a possible problem there. Search for "DBX-style". */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This is wrong because this is identical to the symbols
|
|
|
|
|
produced for GCC 0-size arrays. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
typedef union {
|
|
|
|
|
int num;
|
|
|
|
|
char str[0];
|
|
|
|
|
} foo;
|
|
|
|
|
The code which dumped core in such circumstances should be
|
|
|
|
|
fixed not to dump core. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* g++ -g0 can put out bitpos & bitsize zero for a static
|
|
|
|
|
field. This does not give us any way of getting its
|
|
|
|
|
class, so we can't know its name. But we can just
|
|
|
|
|
ignore the field so we don't dump core and other nasty
|
|
|
|
|
stuff. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (list->field.bitpos == 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& list->field.bitsize == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
complain (&dbx_class_complaint, 0);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Ignore this field. */
|
|
|
|
|
list = list->next;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
#endif /* 0 */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Detect an unpacked field and mark it as such.
|
|
|
|
|
dbx gives a bit size for all fields.
|
|
|
|
|
Note that forward refs cannot be packed,
|
|
|
|
|
and treat enums as if they had the width of ints. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (TYPE_CODE (list->field.type) != TYPE_CODE_INT
|
|
|
|
|
&& TYPE_CODE (list->field.type) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.bitsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if ((list->field.bitsize == 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (list->field.type)
|
|
|
|
|
|| (TYPE_CODE (list->field.type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
|
|
|
|
|
&& (list->field.bitsize
|
|
|
|
|
== 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (builtin_type_int))
|
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
&&
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.bitpos % 8 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
list->field.bitsize = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
nfields++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[1] == ':')
|
|
|
|
|
/* chill the list of fields: the last entry (at the head)
|
|
|
|
|
is a partially constructed entry which we now scrub. */
|
|
|
|
|
list = list->next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now create the vector of fields, and record how big it is.
|
|
|
|
|
We need this info to record proper virtual function table information
|
|
|
|
|
for this class's virtual functions. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type) =
|
|
|
|
|
(B_TYPE *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, B_BYTES (nfields));
|
|
|
|
|
B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type), nfields);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type) =
|
|
|
|
|
(B_TYPE *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, B_BYTES (nfields));
|
|
|
|
|
B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type), nfields);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy the saved-up fields into the field vector. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (n = nfields; list; list = list->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
n -= 1;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD (type, n) = list->field;
|
|
|
|
|
if (list->visibility == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
SET_TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE (type, n);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (list->visibility == 1)
|
|
|
|
|
SET_TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED (type, n);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now come the method fields, as NAME::methods
|
|
|
|
|
where each method is of the form TYPENUM,ARGS,...:PHYSNAME;
|
|
|
|
|
At the end, we see a semicolon instead of a field.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the case of overloaded operators, the format is
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATOR::*.methods, where OPERATOR is the string "operator",
|
|
|
|
|
`*' holds the place for an operator name (such as `+=')
|
|
|
|
|
and `.' marks the end of the operator name. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (p[1] == ':')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now, read in the methods. To simplify matters, we
|
|
|
|
|
"unread" the name that has been read, so that we can
|
|
|
|
|
start from the top. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For each list of method lists... */
|
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
struct next_fnfield *sublist = 0;
|
1991-05-29 02:13:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
struct type *look_ahead_type = NULL;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
int length = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
struct next_fnfieldlist *new_mainlist =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct next_fnfieldlist *)alloca (sizeof (struct next_fnfieldlist));
|
|
|
|
|
char *main_fn_name;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p = *pp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* read in the name. */
|
|
|
|
|
while (*p != ':') p++;
|
|
|
|
|
if ((*pp)[0] == 'o' && (*pp)[1] == 'p' && (*pp)[2] == CPLUS_MARKER)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* This lets the user type "break operator+".
|
|
|
|
|
We could just put in "+" as the name, but that wouldn't
|
|
|
|
|
work for "*". */
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
static char opname[32] = {'o', 'p', CPLUS_MARKER};
|
|
|
|
|
char *o = opname + 3;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Skip past '::'. */
|
|
|
|
|
p += 2;
|
|
|
|
|
while (*p != '.')
|
|
|
|
|
*o++ = *p++;
|
|
|
|
|
main_fn_name = savestring (opname, o - opname);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Skip past '.' */
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = p + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
main_fn_name = savestring (*pp, p - *pp);
|
|
|
|
|
/* Skip past '::'. */
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = p + 2;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
new_mainlist->fn_fieldlist.name = main_fn_name;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
do
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct next_fnfield *new_sublist =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct next_fnfield *)alloca (sizeof (struct next_fnfield));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for and handle cretinous dbx symbol name continuation! */
|
1991-05-29 02:13:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
if (look_ahead_type == NULL) /* Normal case. */
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '\\') *pp = next_symbol_text ();
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
1991-05-29 02:13:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
new_sublist->fn_field.type = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp != ':')
|
|
|
|
|
/* Invalid symtab info for method. */
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{ /* g++ version 1 kludge */
|
|
|
|
|
new_sublist->fn_field.type = look_ahead_type;
|
|
|
|
|
look_ahead_type = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
p = *pp;
|
|
|
|
|
while (*p != ';') p++;
|
|
|
|
|
/* If this is just a stub, then we don't have the
|
|
|
|
|
real name here. */
|
|
|
|
|
new_sublist->fn_field.physname = savestring (*pp, p - *pp);
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = p + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
new_sublist->visibility = *(*pp)++ - '0';
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '\\') *pp = next_symbol_text ();
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME-tiemann: need to add const/volatile info
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
to the methods. For now, just skip the char.
|
|
|
|
|
In future, here's what we need to implement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A for normal functions.
|
|
|
|
|
B for `const' member functions.
|
|
|
|
|
C for `volatile' member functions.
|
|
|
|
|
D for `const volatile' member functions. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == 'A' || **pp == 'B' || **pp == 'C' || **pp == 'D')
|
|
|
|
|
(*pp)++;
|
1991-04-24 02:08:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
/* This probably just means we're processing a file compiled
|
|
|
|
|
with g++ version 1. */
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
complain(&const_vol_complaint, **pp);
|
1991-04-24 02:08:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
#endif /* 0 */
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
switch (*(*pp)++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
case '*':
|
|
|
|
|
/* virtual member function, followed by index. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* The sign bit is set to distinguish pointers-to-methods
|
|
|
|
|
from virtual function indicies. Since the array is
|
|
|
|
|
in words, the quantity must be shifted left by 1
|
|
|
|
|
on 16 bit machine, and by 2 on 32 bit machine, forcing
|
|
|
|
|
the sign bit out, and usable as a valid index into
|
|
|
|
|
the array. Remove the sign bit here. */
|
|
|
|
|
new_sublist->fn_field.voffset =
|
|
|
|
|
(0x7fffffff & read_number (pp, ';')) + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-05-29 02:13:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '\\') *pp = next_symbol_text ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-04-24 02:08:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == ';' || **pp == '\0')
|
|
|
|
|
/* Must be g++ version 1. */
|
|
|
|
|
new_sublist->fn_field.fcontext = 0;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
1991-04-24 02:08:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Figure out from whence this virtual function came.
|
|
|
|
|
It may belong to virtual function table of
|
|
|
|
|
one of its baseclasses. */
|
1991-05-29 02:13:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
look_ahead_type = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == ':')
|
|
|
|
|
{ /* g++ version 1 overloaded methods. */ }
|
1991-04-24 02:08:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
else
|
1991-05-29 02:13:44 +02:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
new_sublist->fn_field.fcontext = look_ahead_type;
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp != ';')
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
++*pp;
|
|
|
|
|
look_ahead_type = NULL;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1991-04-24 02:08:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
}
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case '?':
|
|
|
|
|
/* static member function. */
|
|
|
|
|
new_sublist->fn_field.voffset = VOFFSET_STATIC;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
|
|
|
/* **pp == '.'. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* normal member function. */
|
|
|
|
|
new_sublist->fn_field.voffset = 0;
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
new_sublist->fn_field.fcontext = 0;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new_sublist->next = sublist;
|
|
|
|
|
sublist = new_sublist;
|
|
|
|
|
length++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1991-04-24 02:08:50 +02:00
|
|
|
|
while (**pp != ';' && **pp != '\0');
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new_mainlist->fn_fieldlist.fn_fields =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct fn_field *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct fn_field) * length);
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FN_PRIVATE_BITS (new_mainlist->fn_fieldlist) =
|
|
|
|
|
(B_TYPE *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, B_BYTES (length));
|
|
|
|
|
B_CLRALL (TYPE_FN_PRIVATE_BITS (new_mainlist->fn_fieldlist), length);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FN_PROTECTED_BITS (new_mainlist->fn_fieldlist) =
|
|
|
|
|
(B_TYPE *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, B_BYTES (length));
|
|
|
|
|
B_CLRALL (TYPE_FN_PROTECTED_BITS (new_mainlist->fn_fieldlist), length);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = length; (i--, sublist); sublist = sublist->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
new_mainlist->fn_fieldlist.fn_fields[i] = sublist->fn_field;
|
|
|
|
|
if (sublist->visibility == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
B_SET (new_mainlist->fn_fieldlist.private_fn_field_bits, i);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (sublist->visibility == 1)
|
|
|
|
|
B_SET (new_mainlist->fn_fieldlist.protected_fn_field_bits, i);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
new_mainlist->fn_fieldlist.length = length;
|
|
|
|
|
new_mainlist->next = mainlist;
|
|
|
|
|
mainlist = new_mainlist;
|
|
|
|
|
nfn_fields++;
|
|
|
|
|
total_length += length;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
while (**pp != ';');
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FN_FIELDLISTS (type) =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct fn_fieldlist *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct fn_fieldlist) * nfn_fields);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) = nfn_fields;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NFN_FIELDS_TOTAL (type) = total_length;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type); ++i)
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NFN_FIELDS_TOTAL (type) +=
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NFN_FIELDS_TOTAL (TYPE_BASECLASS (type, i));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (n = nfn_fields; mainlist; mainlist = mainlist->next)
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FN_FIELDLISTS (type)[--n] = mainlist->fn_fieldlist;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '~')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '=')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type)
|
|
|
|
|
|= TYPE_FLAG_HAS_CONSTRUCTOR | TYPE_FLAG_HAS_DESTRUCTOR;
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (**pp == '+')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_HAS_CONSTRUCTOR;
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (**pp == '-')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_HAS_DESTRUCTOR;
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read either a '%' or the final ';'. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (*(*pp)++ == '%')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now we must record the virtual function table pointer's
|
|
|
|
|
field information. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *t;
|
|
|
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
t = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
p = (*pp)++;
|
|
|
|
|
while (*p != '\0' && *p != ';')
|
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p == '\0')
|
|
|
|
|
/* Premature end of symbol. */
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_VPTR_BASETYPE (type) = t;
|
|
|
|
|
if (type == t)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (t, TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (t)) == 0)
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME-tiemann: what's this? */
|
|
|
|
|
#if 0
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_VPTR_FIELDNO (type) = i = TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (t);
|
|
|
|
|
#else
|
|
|
|
|
error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
else for (i = TYPE_NFIELDS (t) - 1; i >= TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (t); --i)
|
|
|
|
|
if (! strncmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (t, i), vptr_name,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (vptr_name) -1))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_VPTR_FIELDNO (type) = i;
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (i < 0)
|
|
|
|
|
/* Virtual function table field not found. */
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_VPTR_FIELDNO (type) = TYPE_VPTR_FIELDNO (t);
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = p + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read a definition of an array type,
|
|
|
|
|
and create and return a suitable type object.
|
|
|
|
|
Also creates a range type which represents the bounds of that
|
|
|
|
|
array. */
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *
|
|
|
|
|
read_array_type (pp, type)
|
|
|
|
|
register char **pp;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct type *type;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *index_type, *element_type, *range_type;
|
|
|
|
|
int lower, upper;
|
|
|
|
|
int adjustable = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Format of an array type:
|
|
|
|
|
"ar<index type>;lower;upper;<array_contents_type>". Put code in
|
|
|
|
|
to handle this.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fortran adjustable arrays use Adigits or Tdigits for lower or upper;
|
|
|
|
|
for these, produce a type like float[][]. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
index_type = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp != ';')
|
|
|
|
|
/* Improper format of array type decl. */
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
++*pp;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(**pp >= '0' && **pp <= '9'))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
adjustable = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
lower = read_number (pp, ';');
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (!(**pp >= '0' && **pp <= '9'))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
adjustable = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
upper = read_number (pp, ';');
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
element_type = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (adjustable)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
lower = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
upper = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Create range type. */
|
|
|
|
|
range_type = (struct type *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct type));
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_CODE (range_type) = TYPE_CODE_RANGE;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (range_type) = index_type;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This should never be needed. */
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (range_type) = sizeof (int);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (range_type) = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (range_type) =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct field *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
2 * sizeof (struct field));
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (range_type, 0) = lower;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (range_type, 1) = upper;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = element_type;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = (upper - lower + 1) * TYPE_LENGTH (element_type);
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type) =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct field *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct field));
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0) = range_type;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read a definition of an enumeration type,
|
|
|
|
|
and create and return a suitable type object.
|
|
|
|
|
Also defines the symbols that represent the values of the type. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *
|
|
|
|
|
read_enum_type (pp, type)
|
|
|
|
|
register char **pp;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct type *type;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register char *p;
|
|
|
|
|
char *name;
|
|
|
|
|
register long n;
|
|
|
|
|
register struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
int nsyms = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending **symlist;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *osyms, *syms;
|
|
|
|
|
int o_nsyms;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (within_function)
|
|
|
|
|
symlist = &local_symbols;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
symlist = &file_symbols;
|
|
|
|
|
osyms = *symlist;
|
|
|
|
|
o_nsyms = osyms ? osyms->nsyms : 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read the value-names and their values.
|
|
|
|
|
The input syntax is NAME:VALUE,NAME:VALUE, and so on.
|
|
|
|
|
A semicolon or comman instead of a NAME means the end. */
|
|
|
|
|
while (**pp && **pp != ';' && **pp != ',')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for and handle cretinous dbx symbol name continuation! */
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '\\') *pp = next_symbol_text ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
p = *pp;
|
|
|
|
|
while (*p != ':') p++;
|
|
|
|
|
name = obsavestring (*pp, p - *pp);
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = p + 1;
|
|
|
|
|
n = read_number (pp, ',');
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, sizeof (struct symbol));
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (sym, sizeof (struct symbol));
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = name;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = n;
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (sym, symlist);
|
|
|
|
|
nsyms++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == ';')
|
|
|
|
|
(*pp)++; /* Skip the semicolon. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Now fill in the fields of the type-structure. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = sizeof (int);
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack, sizeof (struct field) * nsyms);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Find the symbols for the values and put them into the type.
|
|
|
|
|
The symbols can be found in the symlist that we put them on
|
|
|
|
|
to cause them to be defined. osyms contains the old value
|
|
|
|
|
of that symlist; everything up to there was defined by us. */
|
|
|
|
|
/* Note that we preserve the order of the enum constants, so
|
|
|
|
|
that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print
|
|
|
|
|
FOO, not LAST_THING. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (syms = *symlist, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int j = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
if (syms == osyms)
|
|
|
|
|
j = o_nsyms;
|
|
|
|
|
for (; j < syms->nsyms; j++,n++)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *sym = syms->symbol[j];
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = type;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_VALUE (type, n) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, n) = SYMBOL_VALUE (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (syms == osyms)
|
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read a number from the string pointed to by *PP.
|
|
|
|
|
The value of *PP is advanced over the number.
|
|
|
|
|
If END is nonzero, the character that ends the
|
|
|
|
|
number must match END, or an error happens;
|
|
|
|
|
and that character is skipped if it does match.
|
|
|
|
|
If END is zero, *PP is left pointing to that character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the number fits in a long, set *VALUE and set *BITS to 0.
|
|
|
|
|
If not, set *BITS to be the number of bits in the number.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If encounter garbage, set *BITS to -1. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
read_huge_number (pp, end, valu, bits)
|
|
|
|
|
char **pp;
|
|
|
|
|
int end;
|
|
|
|
|
long *valu;
|
|
|
|
|
int *bits;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char *p = *pp;
|
|
|
|
|
int sign = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
long n = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int radix = 10;
|
|
|
|
|
char overflow = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int nbits = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
int c;
|
1991-05-30 10:52:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
long upper_limit;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p == '-')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sign = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Leading zero means octal. GCC uses this to output values larger
|
|
|
|
|
than an int (because that would be hard in decimal). */
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p == '0')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
radix = 8;
|
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-05-30 10:52:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
upper_limit = LONG_MAX / radix;
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
while ((c = *p++) >= '0' && c <= ('0' + radix))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
1991-05-30 10:52:52 +02:00
|
|
|
|
if (n <= upper_limit)
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
n *= radix;
|
|
|
|
|
n += c - '0'; /* FIXME this overflows anyway */
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
overflow = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This depends on large values being output in octal, which is
|
|
|
|
|
what GCC does. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (radix == 8)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (nbits == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (c == '0')
|
|
|
|
|
/* Ignore leading zeroes. */
|
|
|
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (c == '1')
|
|
|
|
|
nbits = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (c == '2' || c == '3')
|
|
|
|
|
nbits = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
nbits = 3;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
nbits += 3;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (end)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (c && c != end)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (bits != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
*bits = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
--p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = p;
|
|
|
|
|
if (overflow)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (nbits == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* Large decimal constants are an error (because it is hard to
|
|
|
|
|
count how many bits are in them). */
|
|
|
|
|
if (bits != NULL)
|
|
|
|
|
*bits = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* -0x7f is the same as 0x80. So deal with it by adding one to
|
|
|
|
|
the number of bits. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (sign == -1)
|
|
|
|
|
++nbits;
|
|
|
|
|
if (bits)
|
|
|
|
|
*bits = nbits;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (valu)
|
|
|
|
|
*valu = n * sign;
|
|
|
|
|
if (bits)
|
|
|
|
|
*bits = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define MAX_OF_TYPE(t) ((1 << (sizeof (t)*8 - 1)) - 1)
|
|
|
|
|
#define MIN_OF_TYPE(t) (-(1 << (sizeof (t)*8 - 1)))
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type *
|
|
|
|
|
read_range_type (pp, typenums)
|
|
|
|
|
char **pp;
|
|
|
|
|
int typenums[2];
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
int rangenums[2];
|
|
|
|
|
long n2, n3;
|
|
|
|
|
int n2bits, n3bits;
|
|
|
|
|
int self_subrange;
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *result_type;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* First comes a type we are a subrange of.
|
|
|
|
|
In C it is usually 0, 1 or the type being defined. */
|
|
|
|
|
read_type_number (pp, rangenums);
|
|
|
|
|
self_subrange = (rangenums[0] == typenums[0] &&
|
|
|
|
|
rangenums[1] == typenums[1]);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* A semicolon should now follow; skip it. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == ';')
|
|
|
|
|
(*pp)++;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* The remaining two operands are usually lower and upper bounds
|
|
|
|
|
of the range. But in some special cases they mean something else. */
|
|
|
|
|
read_huge_number (pp, ';', &n2, &n2bits);
|
|
|
|
|
read_huge_number (pp, ';', &n3, &n3bits);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (n2bits == -1 || n3bits == -1)
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If limits are huge, must be large integral type. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (n2bits != 0 || n3bits != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
char got_signed = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
char got_unsigned = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
/* Number of bits in the type. */
|
|
|
|
|
int nbits;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Range from 0 to <large number> is an unsigned large integral type. */
|
|
|
|
|
if ((n2bits == 0 && n2 == 0) && n3bits != 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
got_unsigned = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
nbits = n3bits;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
/* Range from <large number> to <large number>-1 is a large signed
|
|
|
|
|
integral type. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (n2bits != 0 && n3bits != 0 && n2bits == n3bits + 1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
got_signed = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
nbits = n2bits;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-04-27 00:59:00 +02:00
|
|
|
|
/* Check for "long long". */
|
|
|
|
|
if (got_signed && nbits == TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_long_long;
|
|
|
|
|
if (got_unsigned && nbits == TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_unsigned_long_long;
|
|
|
|
|
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
if (got_signed || got_unsigned)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
result_type = (struct type *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct type));
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (result_type, sizeof (struct type));
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (result_type) = nbits / TARGET_CHAR_BIT;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (result_type) = result_type;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_CODE (result_type) = TYPE_CODE_INT;
|
|
|
|
|
if (got_unsigned)
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FLAGS (result_type) |= TYPE_FLAG_UNSIGNED;
|
|
|
|
|
return result_type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* A type defined as a subrange of itself, with bounds both 0, is void. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (self_subrange && n2 == 0 && n3 == 0)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_void;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If n3 is zero and n2 is not, we want a floating type,
|
|
|
|
|
and n2 is the width in bytes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fortran programs appear to use this for complex types also,
|
|
|
|
|
and they give no way to distinguish between double and single-complex!
|
|
|
|
|
We don't have complex types, so we would lose on all fortran files!
|
|
|
|
|
So return type `double' for all of those. It won't work right
|
|
|
|
|
for the complex values, but at least it makes the file loadable. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (n3 == 0 && n2 > 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (n2 == sizeof (float))
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_float;
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_double;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* If the upper bound is -1, it must really be an unsigned int. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
else if (n2 == 0 && n3 == -1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (sizeof (int) == sizeof (long))
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_unsigned_int;
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_unsigned_long;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Special case: char is defined (Who knows why) as a subrange of
|
|
|
|
|
itself with range 0-127. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (self_subrange && n2 == 0 && n3 == 127)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_char;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Assumptions made here: Subrange of self is equivalent to subrange
|
|
|
|
|
of int. */
|
|
|
|
|
else if (n2 == 0
|
|
|
|
|
&& (self_subrange ||
|
|
|
|
|
*dbx_lookup_type (rangenums) == builtin_type_int))
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* an unsigned type */
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef LONG_LONG
|
|
|
|
|
if (n3 == - sizeof (long long))
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_unsigned_long_long;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
if (n3 == (unsigned int)~0L)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_unsigned_int;
|
|
|
|
|
if (n3 == (unsigned long)~0L)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_unsigned_long;
|
|
|
|
|
if (n3 == (unsigned short)~0L)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_unsigned_short;
|
|
|
|
|
if (n3 == (unsigned char)~0L)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_unsigned_char;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef LONG_LONG
|
|
|
|
|
else if (n3 == 0 && n2 == -sizeof (long long))
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_long_long;
|
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
else if (n2 == -n3 -1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
/* a signed type */
|
|
|
|
|
if (n3 == (1 << (8 * sizeof (int) - 1)) - 1)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_int;
|
|
|
|
|
if (n3 == (1 << (8 * sizeof (long) - 1)) - 1)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_long;
|
|
|
|
|
if (n3 == (1 << (8 * sizeof (short) - 1)) - 1)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_short;
|
|
|
|
|
if (n3 == (1 << (8 * sizeof (char) - 1)) - 1)
|
|
|
|
|
return builtin_type_char;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We have a real range type on our hands. Allocate space and
|
|
|
|
|
return a real pointer. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* At this point I don't have the faintest idea how to deal with
|
|
|
|
|
a self_subrange type; I'm going to assume that this is used
|
|
|
|
|
as an idiom, and that all of them are special cases. So . . . */
|
|
|
|
|
if (self_subrange)
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
result_type = (struct type *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct type));
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (result_type, sizeof (struct type));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (result_type) = (self_subrange ?
|
|
|
|
|
builtin_type_int :
|
|
|
|
|
*dbx_lookup_type(rangenums));
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* We have to figure out how many bytes it takes to hold this
|
|
|
|
|
range type. I'm going to assume that anything that is pushing
|
|
|
|
|
the bounds of a long was taken care of above. */
|
|
|
|
|
if (n2 >= MIN_OF_TYPE(char) && n3 <= MAX_OF_TYPE(char))
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (result_type) = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
else if (n2 >= MIN_OF_TYPE(short) && n3 <= MAX_OF_TYPE(short))
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (result_type) = sizeof (short);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (n2 >= MIN_OF_TYPE(int) && n3 <= MAX_OF_TYPE(int))
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (result_type) = sizeof (int);
|
|
|
|
|
else if (n2 >= MIN_OF_TYPE(long) && n3 <= MAX_OF_TYPE(long))
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (result_type) = sizeof (long);
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
/* Ranged type doesn't fit within known sizes. */
|
|
|
|
|
return error_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_LENGTH (result_type) = TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (result_type));
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_CODE (result_type) = TYPE_CODE_RANGE;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_NFIELDS (result_type) = 2;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELDS (result_type) =
|
|
|
|
|
(struct field *) obstack_alloc (symbol_obstack,
|
|
|
|
|
2 * sizeof (struct field));
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (TYPE_FIELDS (result_type), 2 * sizeof (struct field));
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (result_type, 0) = n2;
|
|
|
|
|
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (result_type, 1) = n3;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return result_type;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read a number from the string pointed to by *PP.
|
|
|
|
|
The value of *PP is advanced over the number.
|
|
|
|
|
If END is nonzero, the character that ends the
|
|
|
|
|
number must match END, or an error happens;
|
|
|
|
|
and that character is skipped if it does match.
|
|
|
|
|
If END is zero, *PP is left pointing to that character. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static long
|
|
|
|
|
read_number (pp, end)
|
|
|
|
|
char **pp;
|
|
|
|
|
int end;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register char *p = *pp;
|
|
|
|
|
register long n = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
register int c;
|
|
|
|
|
int sign = 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Handle an optional leading minus sign. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (*p == '-')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
sign = -1;
|
|
|
|
|
p++;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read the digits, as far as they go. */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while ((c = *p++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
n *= 10;
|
|
|
|
|
n += c - '0';
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
if (end)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (c && c != end)
|
|
|
|
|
error ("Invalid symbol data: invalid character \\%03o at symbol pos %d.", c, symnum);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
--p;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = p;
|
|
|
|
|
return n * sign;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Read in an argument list. This is a list of types, separated by commas
|
|
|
|
|
and terminated with END. Return the list of types read in, or (struct type
|
|
|
|
|
**)-1 if there is an error. */
|
|
|
|
|
static struct type **
|
|
|
|
|
read_args (pp, end)
|
|
|
|
|
char **pp;
|
|
|
|
|
int end;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct type *types[1024], **rval; /* allow for fns of 1023 parameters */
|
|
|
|
|
int n = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
while (**pp != end)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp != ',')
|
|
|
|
|
/* Invalid argument list: no ','. */
|
|
|
|
|
return (struct type **)-1;
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Check for and handle cretinous dbx symbol name continuation! */
|
|
|
|
|
if (**pp == '\\')
|
|
|
|
|
*pp = next_symbol_text ();
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
types[n++] = read_type (pp);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
*pp += 1; /* get past `end' (the ':' character) */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (n == 1)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rval = (struct type **) xmalloc (2 * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else if (TYPE_CODE (types[n-1]) != TYPE_CODE_VOID)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rval = (struct type **) xmalloc ((n + 1) * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
bzero (rval + n, sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
rval = (struct type **) xmalloc (n * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
bcopy (types, rval, n * sizeof (struct type *));
|
|
|
|
|
return rval;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Copy a pending list, used to record the contents of a common
|
|
|
|
|
block for later fixup. */
|
|
|
|
|
static struct pending *
|
|
|
|
|
copy_pending (beg, begi, end)
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *beg, *end;
|
|
|
|
|
int begi;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *new = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *next;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for (next = beg; next != 0 && (next != end || begi < end->nsyms);
|
|
|
|
|
next = next->next, begi = 0)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register int j;
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = begi; j < next->nsyms; j++)
|
|
|
|
|
add_symbol_to_list (next->symbol[j], &new);
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
return new;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Add a common block's start address to the offset of each symbol
|
|
|
|
|
declared to be in it (by being between a BCOMM/ECOMM pair that uses
|
|
|
|
|
the common block name). */
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
|
fix_common_block (sym, valu)
|
|
|
|
|
struct symbol *sym;
|
|
|
|
|
int valu;
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
struct pending *next = (struct pending *) SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym);
|
|
|
|
|
for ( ; next; next = next->next)
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
register int j;
|
|
|
|
|
for (j = next->nsyms - 1; j >= 0; j--)
|
|
|
|
|
SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (next->symbol[j]) += valu;
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Register our willingness to decode symbols for SunOS and a.out and
|
|
|
|
|
b.out files handled by BFD... */
|
|
|
|
|
static struct sym_fns sunos_sym_fns = {"sunOs", 6,
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_new_init, dbx_symfile_init,
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_symfile_read, dbx_symfile_discard};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct sym_fns aout_sym_fns = {"a.out", 5,
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_new_init, dbx_symfile_init,
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_symfile_read, dbx_symfile_discard};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static struct sym_fns bout_sym_fns = {"b.out", 5,
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_new_init, dbx_symfile_init,
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_symfile_read, dbx_symfile_discard};
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
|
|
|
_initialize_dbxread ()
|
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
|
add_symtab_fns(&sunos_sym_fns);
|
|
|
|
|
add_symtab_fns(&aout_sym_fns);
|
|
|
|
|
add_symtab_fns(&bout_sym_fns);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
undef_types_allocated = 20;
|
|
|
|
|
undef_types_length = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
undef_types = (struct type **) xmalloc (undef_types_allocated *
|
|
|
|
|
sizeof (struct type *));
|
1991-04-19 03:19:15 +02:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
dbx_new_init ();
|
1991-03-28 17:26:26 +01:00
|
|
|
|
}
|